Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-m68k.c revision 1.1.1.3
      1      1.1     skrll /* Motorola 68k series support for 32-bit ELF
      2      1.1     skrll    Copyright 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
      3  1.1.1.3  christos    2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
      4  1.1.1.3  christos    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      5      1.1     skrll 
      6      1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      7      1.1     skrll 
      8      1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      9      1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     10      1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     11      1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     12      1.1     skrll 
     13      1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     14      1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     15      1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     16      1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     17      1.1     skrll 
     18      1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     19      1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     20      1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     21      1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     22      1.1     skrll 
     23      1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     24      1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     25      1.1     skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
     26      1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     27      1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     28      1.1     skrll #include "elf/m68k.h"
     29      1.1     skrll #include "opcode/m68k.h"
     30      1.1     skrll 
     31  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
     32  1.1.1.3  christos elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
     33      1.1     skrll 
     34  1.1.1.3  christos static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] =
     35  1.1.1.3  christos {
     36      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_NONE,       0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_NONE",      FALSE, 0, 0x00000000,FALSE),
     37      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_32,         0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_32",        FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     38      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_16,         0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_16",        FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     39      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_8,          0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_8",         FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     40      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PC32,       0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC32",      FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     41      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PC16,       0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC16",      FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     42      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PC8,        0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC8",       FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     43      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32,      0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32",     FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     44      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16,      0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16",     FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     45      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8,       0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8",      FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     46      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32O,     0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32O",    FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     47      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16O,     0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16O",    FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     48      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8O,      0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8O",     FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     49      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32,      0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32",     FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     50      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16,      0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16",     FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     51      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8,       0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8",      FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     52      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32O,     0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32O",    FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     53      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16O,     0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16O",    FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     54      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8O,      0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8O",     FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     55      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_COPY,       0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_COPY",      FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     56      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GLOB_DAT,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GLOB_DAT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     57      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_JMP_SLOT,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_JMP_SLOT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     58      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_RELATIVE,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_RELATIVE",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     59      1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
     60      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT,	/* type */
     61      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     62      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     63      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     64      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     65      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     66      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     67      1.1     skrll 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
     68      1.1     skrll 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT",	/* name */
     69      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     70      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     71      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     72      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),
     73      1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
     74      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY,	/* type */
     75      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     76      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     77      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     78      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     79      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     80      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     81      1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
     82      1.1     skrll 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY",	/* name */
     83      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     84      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     85      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     86      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),
     87  1.1.1.2  christos 
     88  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TLS general dynamic variable reference.  */
     89  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD32,	/* type */
     90  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     91  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     92  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
     93  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     94  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     95  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     96  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
     97  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD32",	/* name */
     98  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     99  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    100  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    101  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    102  1.1.1.2  christos 
    103  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD16,	/* type */
    104  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    105  1.1.1.2  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    106  1.1.1.2  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    107  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    108  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    109  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    110  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    111  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD16",	/* name */
    112  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    113  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    114  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    115  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    116  1.1.1.2  christos 
    117  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD8,		/* type */
    118  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    119  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    120  1.1.1.2  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    121  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    122  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    123  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    124  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    125  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD8",	/* name */
    126  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    127  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    128  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    129  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    130  1.1.1.2  christos 
    131  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TLS local dynamic variable reference.  */
    132  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM32,	/* type */
    133  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    134  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    135  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    136  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    137  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    138  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    139  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    140  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM32",	/* name */
    141  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    142  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    143  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    144  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    145  1.1.1.2  christos 
    146  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM16,	/* type */
    147  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    148  1.1.1.2  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    149  1.1.1.2  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    150  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    151  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    152  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    153  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    154  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM16",	/* name */
    155  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    156  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    157  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    158  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    159  1.1.1.2  christos 
    160  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM8,		/* type */
    161  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    162  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    163  1.1.1.2  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    164  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    165  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    166  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    167  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    168  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM8",	/* name */
    169  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    170  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    171  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    172  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    173  1.1.1.2  christos 
    174  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO32,	/* type */
    175  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    176  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    177  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    178  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    179  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    180  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    181  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    182  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO32",	/* name */
    183  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    184  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    185  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    186  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    187  1.1.1.2  christos 
    188  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO16,	/* type */
    189  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    190  1.1.1.2  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    191  1.1.1.2  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    192  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    193  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    194  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    195  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    196  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO16",	/* name */
    197  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    198  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    199  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    200  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    201  1.1.1.2  christos 
    202  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO8,		/* type */
    203  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    204  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    205  1.1.1.2  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    206  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    207  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    208  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    209  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    210  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO8",	/* name */
    211  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    212  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    213  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    214  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    215  1.1.1.2  christos 
    216  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TLS initial execution variable reference.  */
    217  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE32,	/* type */
    218  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    219  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    220  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    221  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    222  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    223  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    224  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    225  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE32",	/* name */
    226  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    227  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    228  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    229  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    230  1.1.1.2  christos 
    231  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE16,	/* type */
    232  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    233  1.1.1.2  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    234  1.1.1.2  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    235  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    236  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    237  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    238  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    239  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE16",	/* name */
    240  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    241  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    242  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    243  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    244  1.1.1.2  christos 
    245  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE8,		/* type */
    246  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    247  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    248  1.1.1.2  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    249  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    250  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    251  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    252  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    253  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE8",	/* name */
    254  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    255  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    256  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    257  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    258  1.1.1.2  christos 
    259  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TLS local execution variable reference.  */
    260  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE32,	/* type */
    261  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    262  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    263  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    264  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    265  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    266  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    267  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    268  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE32",	/* name */
    269  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    270  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    271  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    272  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    273  1.1.1.2  christos 
    274  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE16,	/* type */
    275  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    276  1.1.1.2  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    277  1.1.1.2  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    278  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    279  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    280  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    281  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    282  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE16",	/* name */
    283  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    284  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    285  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    286  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    287  1.1.1.2  christos 
    288  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE8,		/* type */
    289  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    290  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    291  1.1.1.2  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    292  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    293  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    294  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    295  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    296  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE8",	/* name */
    297  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    298  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    299  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    300  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    301  1.1.1.2  christos 
    302  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TLS GD/LD dynamic relocations.  */
    303  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32,	/* type */
    304  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    305  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    306  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    307  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    308  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    309  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    310  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    311  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32",	/* name */
    312  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    313  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    314  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    315  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    316  1.1.1.2  christos 
    317  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32,	/* type */
    318  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    319  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    320  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    321  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    322  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    323  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    324  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    325  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32",	/* name */
    326  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    327  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    328  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    329  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    330  1.1.1.2  christos 
    331  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_TPREL32,	/* type */
    332  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    333  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    334  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    335  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    336  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    337  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    338  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    339  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_TPREL32",	/* name */
    340  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    341  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    342  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    343  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    344      1.1     skrll };
    345      1.1     skrll 
    346      1.1     skrll static void
    347  1.1.1.2  christos rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    348      1.1     skrll {
    349  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int indx = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    350  1.1.1.2  christos 
    351  1.1.1.2  christos   if (indx >= (unsigned int) R_68K_max)
    352  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    353  1.1.1.2  christos       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
    354  1.1.1.2  christos 			     abfd, (int) indx);
    355  1.1.1.2  christos       indx = R_68K_NONE;
    356  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    357  1.1.1.2  christos   cache_ptr->howto = &howto_table[indx];
    358      1.1     skrll }
    359      1.1     skrll 
    360      1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto rtype_to_howto
    361      1.1     skrll 
    362      1.1     skrll static const struct
    363      1.1     skrll {
    364      1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_val;
    365      1.1     skrll   int elf_val;
    366  1.1.1.2  christos }
    367  1.1.1.2  christos   reloc_map[] =
    368  1.1.1.2  christos {
    369      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_NONE },
    370      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_68K_32 },
    371      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_68K_16 },
    372      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_68K_8 },
    373      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_68K_PC32 },
    374      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_68K_PC16 },
    375      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_68K_PC8 },
    376      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT32 },
    377      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT16 },
    378      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT8 },
    379      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT32O },
    380      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT16O },
    381      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT8O },
    382      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT32 },
    383      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT16 },
    384      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT8 },
    385      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT32O },
    386      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT16O },
    387      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT8O },
    388      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_COPY },
    389      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT, R_68K_GLOB_DAT },
    390      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT, R_68K_JMP_SLOT },
    391      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE, R_68K_RELATIVE },
    392      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_68K_32 },
    393      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    394      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY },
    395  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD32, R_68K_TLS_GD32 },
    396  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD16, R_68K_TLS_GD16 },
    397  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD8, R_68K_TLS_GD8 },
    398  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM32, R_68K_TLS_LDM32 },
    399  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM16, R_68K_TLS_LDM16 },
    400  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM8, R_68K_TLS_LDM8 },
    401  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO32, R_68K_TLS_LDO32 },
    402  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO16, R_68K_TLS_LDO16 },
    403  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO8, R_68K_TLS_LDO8 },
    404  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE32, R_68K_TLS_IE32 },
    405  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE16, R_68K_TLS_IE16 },
    406  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE8, R_68K_TLS_IE8 },
    407  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE32, R_68K_TLS_LE32 },
    408  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE16, R_68K_TLS_LE16 },
    409  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE8, R_68K_TLS_LE8 },
    410      1.1     skrll };
    411      1.1     skrll 
    412      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    413  1.1.1.3  christos reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    414  1.1.1.3  christos 		   bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    415      1.1     skrll {
    416      1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    417      1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (reloc_map) / sizeof (reloc_map[0]); i++)
    418      1.1     skrll     {
    419      1.1     skrll       if (reloc_map[i].bfd_val == code)
    420      1.1     skrll 	return &howto_table[reloc_map[i].elf_val];
    421      1.1     skrll     }
    422      1.1     skrll   return 0;
    423      1.1     skrll }
    424      1.1     skrll 
    425      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    426      1.1     skrll reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
    427      1.1     skrll {
    428      1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    429      1.1     skrll 
    430      1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (howto_table) / sizeof (howto_table[0]); i++)
    431      1.1     skrll     if (howto_table[i].name != NULL
    432      1.1     skrll 	&& strcasecmp (howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    433      1.1     skrll       return &howto_table[i];
    434      1.1     skrll 
    435      1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    436      1.1     skrll }
    437      1.1     skrll 
    438      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup reloc_type_lookup
    439      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup reloc_name_lookup
    440      1.1     skrll #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m68k
    441  1.1.1.2  christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID M68K_ELF_DATA
    442      1.1     skrll 
    443      1.1     skrll /* Functions for the m68k ELF linker.  */
    445      1.1     skrll 
    446      1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
    447      1.1     skrll    section.  */
    448      1.1     skrll 
    449      1.1     skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
    450      1.1     skrll 
    451      1.1     skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
    452      1.1     skrll 
    453      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_plt_info
    454      1.1     skrll {
    455      1.1     skrll   /* The size of each PLT entry.  */
    456      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma size;
    457      1.1     skrll 
    458      1.1     skrll   /* The template for the first PLT entry.  */
    459      1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
    460      1.1     skrll 
    461      1.1     skrll   /* Offsets of fields in PLT0_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    462      1.1     skrll      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    463      1.1     skrll      is against.  */
    464      1.1     skrll   struct {
    465      1.1     skrll     unsigned int got4; /* .got + 4 */
    466      1.1     skrll     unsigned int got8; /* .got + 8 */
    467      1.1     skrll   } plt0_relocs;
    468      1.1     skrll 
    469      1.1     skrll   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
    470      1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
    471      1.1     skrll 
    472      1.1     skrll   /* Offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    473      1.1     skrll      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    474      1.1     skrll      is against.  */
    475      1.1     skrll   struct {
    476      1.1     skrll     unsigned int got; /* the symbol's .got.plt entry */
    477      1.1     skrll     unsigned int plt; /* .plt */
    478      1.1     skrll   } symbol_relocs;
    479      1.1     skrll 
    480      1.1     skrll   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.
    481      1.1     skrll      The stub starts with "move.l #relocoffset,%d0".  */
    482      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_entry;
    483      1.1     skrll };
    484      1.1     skrll 
    485      1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
    486      1.1     skrll 
    487      1.1     skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
    488      1.1     skrll 
    489      1.1     skrll /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this.  See
    490      1.1     skrll    the SVR4 ABI m68k supplement to see how this works.  */
    491      1.1     skrll 
    492      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    493      1.1     skrll {
    494      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    495      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    496      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,addr]) */
    497      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    498      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* pad out to 20 bytes.  */
    499      1.1     skrll };
    500      1.1     skrll 
    501      1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    502      1.1     skrll 
    503      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    504      1.1     skrll {
    505      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,symbol@GOTPC]) */
    506      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    507      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    508      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + reloc index */
    509      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xff,		  /* bra.l .plt */
    510      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* + .plt - . */
    511      1.1     skrll };
    512      1.1     skrll 
    513      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_m68k_plt_info = {
    514      1.1     skrll   PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    515      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    516      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_plt_entry, { 4, 16 }, 8
    517      1.1     skrll };
    518      1.1     skrll 
    519      1.1     skrll #define ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    520      1.1     skrll 
    521      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt0_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    522      1.1     skrll {
    523      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    524      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    525      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),-(%sp) */
    526      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    527      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    528      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    529      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,             /* jmp (%a0) */
    530      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    531      1.1     skrll };
    532      1.1     skrll 
    533      1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    534      1.1     skrll 
    535      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    536      1.1     skrll {
    537      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    538      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    539      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    540      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,             /* jmp (%a0) */
    541      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    542      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + reloc index */
    543      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xff,             /* bra.l .plt */
    544      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0              /* + .plt - . */
    545      1.1     skrll };
    546      1.1     skrll 
    547      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isab_plt_info = {
    548      1.1     skrll   ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    549      1.1     skrll   elf_isab_plt0_entry, { 2, 12 },
    550      1.1     skrll   elf_isab_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    551      1.1     skrll };
    552      1.1     skrll 
    553      1.1     skrll #define ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    554      1.1     skrll 
    555      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt0_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    556      1.1     skrll {
    557      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    558      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 4 - . */
    559      1.1     skrll   0x2e, 0xbb, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),(%sp) */
    560      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    561      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 8 - . */
    562      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    563      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    564      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    565      1.1     skrll };
    566      1.1     skrll 
    567      1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    568      1.1     skrll 
    569      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    570      1.1     skrll {
    571      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    572      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with (.got entry) - . */
    573      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    574      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    575      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    576      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with offset into relocation table */
    577      1.1     skrll   0x61, 0xff,		  /* bsr.l .plt */
    578      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0 		  /* replaced with .plt - . */
    579      1.1     skrll };
    580      1.1     skrll 
    581      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isac_plt_info = {
    582      1.1     skrll   ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    583      1.1     skrll   elf_isac_plt0_entry, { 2, 12},
    584      1.1     skrll   elf_isac_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    585      1.1     skrll };
    586      1.1     skrll 
    587      1.1     skrll #define CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    588      1.1     skrll /* Procedure linkage table entries for the cpu32 */
    589      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt0_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    590      1.1     skrll {
    591      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    592      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,             /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    593      1.1     skrll   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    594      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,             /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    595      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd1,             /* jmp %a1@ */
    596      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* pad out to 24 bytes.  */
    597      1.1     skrll   0, 0
    598      1.1     skrll };
    599      1.1     skrll 
    600      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    601      1.1     skrll {
    602      1.1     skrll   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70,  /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    603      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,              /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    604      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd1,              /* jmp %a1@ */
    605      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,              /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    606      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,              /* + reloc index */
    607      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xff,              /* bra.l .plt */
    608      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,              /* + .plt - . */
    609      1.1     skrll   0, 0
    610      1.1     skrll };
    611      1.1     skrll 
    612      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_cpu32_plt_info = {
    613      1.1     skrll   CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    614      1.1     skrll   elf_cpu32_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    615      1.1     skrll   elf_cpu32_plt_entry, { 4, 18 }, 10
    616      1.1     skrll };
    617      1.1     skrll 
    618      1.1     skrll /* The m68k linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
    619      1.1     skrll    decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol.  This is so that it
    620      1.1     skrll    can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking
    621      1.1     skrll    with -Bsymbolic.  We store the information in a field extending the
    622      1.1     skrll    regular ELF linker hash table.  */
    623      1.1     skrll 
    624      1.1     skrll /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
    625      1.1     skrll    copied for a given symbol.  */
    626      1.1     skrll 
    627      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied
    628      1.1     skrll {
    629      1.1     skrll   /* Next section.  */
    630      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
    631      1.1     skrll   /* A section in dynobj.  */
    632      1.1     skrll   asection *section;
    633      1.1     skrll   /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
    634      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type count;
    635      1.1     skrll };
    636      1.1     skrll 
    637      1.1     skrll /* Forward declaration.  */
    638      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry;
    639      1.1     skrll 
    640      1.1     skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash entry.  */
    641      1.1     skrll 
    642      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry
    643      1.1     skrll {
    644      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
    645      1.1     skrll 
    646      1.1     skrll   /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    647      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
    648      1.1     skrll 
    649      1.1     skrll   /* Key to got_entries.  */
    650      1.1     skrll   unsigned long got_entry_key;
    651      1.1     skrll 
    652      1.1     skrll   /* List of GOT entries for this symbol.  This list is build during
    653      1.1     skrll      offset finalization and is used within elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
    654      1.1     skrll      to traverse all GOT entries for a particular symbol.
    655      1.1     skrll 
    656      1.1     skrll      ??? We could've used root.got.glist field instead, but having
    657      1.1     skrll      a separate field is cleaner.  */
    658      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *glist;
    659      1.1     skrll };
    660      1.1     skrll 
    661      1.1     skrll #define elf_m68k_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
    662      1.1     skrll 
    663      1.1     skrll /* Key part of GOT entry in hashtable.  */
    664      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key
    665      1.1     skrll {
    666      1.1     skrll   /* BFD in which this symbol was defined.  NULL for global symbols.  */
    667      1.1     skrll   const bfd *bfd;
    668      1.1     skrll 
    669      1.1     skrll   /* Symbol index.  Either local symbol index or h->got_entry_key.  */
    670  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned long symndx;
    671  1.1.1.2  christos 
    672  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Type is one of R_68K_GOT{8, 16, 32}O, R_68K_TLS_GD{8, 16, 32},
    673  1.1.1.2  christos      R_68K_TLS_LDM{8, 16, 32} or R_68K_TLS_IE{8, 16, 32}.
    674  1.1.1.2  christos 
    675  1.1.1.2  christos      From perspective of hashtable key, only elf_m68k_got_reloc_type (type)
    676  1.1.1.2  christos      matters.  That is, we distinguish between, say, R_68K_GOT16O
    677  1.1.1.2  christos      and R_68K_GOT32O when allocating offsets, but they are considered to be
    678  1.1.1.2  christos      the same when searching got->entries.  */
    679      1.1     skrll   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
    680      1.1     skrll };
    681  1.1.1.2  christos 
    682  1.1.1.2  christos /* Size of the GOT offset suitable for relocation.  */
    683  1.1.1.2  christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size { R_8, R_16, R_32, R_LAST };
    684      1.1     skrll 
    685      1.1     skrll /* Entry of the GOT.  */
    686      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry
    687      1.1     skrll {
    688      1.1     skrll   /* GOT entries are put into a got->entries hashtable.  This is the key.  */
    689      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
    690      1.1     skrll 
    691      1.1     skrll   /* GOT entry data.  We need s1 before offset finalization and s2 after.  */
    692      1.1     skrll   union
    693      1.1     skrll   {
    694      1.1     skrll     struct
    695      1.1     skrll     {
    696      1.1     skrll       /* Number of times this entry is referenced.  It is used to
    697      1.1     skrll 	 filter out unnecessary GOT slots in elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook.  */
    698      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma refcount;
    699      1.1     skrll     } s1;
    700      1.1     skrll 
    701      1.1     skrll     struct
    702      1.1     skrll     {
    703      1.1     skrll       /* Offset from the start of .got section.  To calculate offset relative
    704      1.1     skrll 	 to GOT pointer one should substract got->offset from this value.  */
    705      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma offset;
    706      1.1     skrll 
    707      1.1     skrll       /* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
    708      1.1     skrll 	 Symbols have at most one entry in one GOT, but might
    709      1.1     skrll 	 have entries in more than one GOT.
    710      1.1     skrll 	 Root of this list is h->glist.
    711      1.1     skrll 	 NULL for local symbols.  */
    712      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *next;
    713      1.1     skrll     } s2;
    714      1.1     skrll   } u;
    715      1.1     skrll };
    716  1.1.1.2  christos 
    717  1.1.1.2  christos /* Return representative type for relocation R_TYPE.
    718  1.1.1.2  christos    This is used to avoid enumerating many relocations in comparisons,
    719  1.1.1.2  christos    switches etc.  */
    720  1.1.1.2  christos 
    721  1.1.1.2  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
    722  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    723  1.1.1.2  christos {
    724  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
    725  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    726  1.1.1.2  christos       /* In most cases R_68K_GOTx relocations require the very same
    727  1.1.1.2  christos 	 handling as R_68K_GOT32O relocation.  In cases when we need
    728  1.1.1.2  christos 	 to distinguish between the two, we use explicitly compare against
    729  1.1.1.2  christos 	 r_type.  */
    730  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32:
    731  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT16:
    732  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT8:
    733  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    734  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O:
    735  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O:
    736  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_68K_GOT32O;
    737  1.1.1.2  christos 
    738  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    739  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
    740  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    741  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_68K_TLS_GD32;
    742  1.1.1.2  christos 
    743  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    744  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    745  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    746  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_68K_TLS_LDM32;
    747  1.1.1.2  christos 
    748  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    749  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    750  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    751  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_68K_TLS_IE32;
    752  1.1.1.2  christos 
    753  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
    754  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    755  1.1.1.2  christos       return 0;
    756  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    757  1.1.1.2  christos }
    758  1.1.1.2  christos 
    759  1.1.1.2  christos /* Return size of the GOT entry offset for relocation R_TYPE.  */
    760  1.1.1.2  christos 
    761  1.1.1.2  christos static enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size
    762  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    763  1.1.1.2  christos {
    764  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
    765  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    766  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32: case R_68K_GOT16: case R_68K_GOT8:
    767  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O: case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    768  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    769  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_32;
    770  1.1.1.2  christos 
    771  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    772  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    773  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_16;
    774  1.1.1.2  christos 
    775  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O: case R_68K_TLS_GD8: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    776  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    777  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_8;
    778  1.1.1.2  christos 
    779  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
    780  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    781  1.1.1.2  christos       return 0;
    782  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    783  1.1.1.2  christos }
    784  1.1.1.2  christos 
    785  1.1.1.2  christos /* Return number of GOT entries we need to allocate in GOT for
    786  1.1.1.2  christos    relocation R_TYPE.  */
    787  1.1.1.2  christos 
    788  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
    789  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    790  1.1.1.2  christos {
    791  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
    792  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    793  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    794  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    795  1.1.1.2  christos       return 1;
    796  1.1.1.2  christos 
    797  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    798  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    799  1.1.1.2  christos       return 2;
    800  1.1.1.2  christos 
    801  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
    802  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    803  1.1.1.2  christos       return 0;
    804  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    805  1.1.1.2  christos }
    806  1.1.1.2  christos 
    807  1.1.1.2  christos /* Return TRUE if relocation R_TYPE is a TLS one.  */
    808  1.1.1.2  christos 
    809  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
    810  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    811  1.1.1.2  christos {
    812  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
    813  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    814  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    815  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    816  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDO32: case R_68K_TLS_LDO16: case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
    817  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32: case R_68K_TLS_IE16: case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    818  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LE32: case R_68K_TLS_LE16: case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
    819  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32: case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32: case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
    820  1.1.1.2  christos       return TRUE;
    821  1.1.1.2  christos 
    822  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
    823  1.1.1.2  christos       return FALSE;
    824  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    825  1.1.1.2  christos }
    826      1.1     skrll 
    827      1.1     skrll /* Data structure representing a single GOT.  */
    828      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got
    829      1.1     skrll {
    830      1.1     skrll   /* Hashtable of 'struct elf_m68k_got_entry's.
    831      1.1     skrll      Starting size of this table is the maximum number of
    832      1.1     skrll      R_68K_GOT8O entries.  */
    833      1.1     skrll   htab_t entries;
    834  1.1.1.2  christos 
    835  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Number of R_x slots in this GOT.  Some (e.g., TLS) entries require
    836      1.1     skrll      several GOT slots.
    837  1.1.1.2  christos 
    838  1.1.1.2  christos      n_slots[R_8] is the count of R_8 slots in this GOT.
    839  1.1.1.2  christos      n_slots[R_16] is the cumulative count of R_8 and R_16 slots
    840  1.1.1.2  christos      in this GOT.
    841  1.1.1.2  christos      n_slots[R_32] is the cumulative count of R_8, R_16 and R_32 slots
    842  1.1.1.2  christos      in this GOT.  This is the total number of slots.  */
    843  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma n_slots[R_LAST];
    844  1.1.1.2  christos 
    845      1.1     skrll   /* Number of local (entry->key_.h == NULL) slots in this GOT.
    846      1.1     skrll      This is only used to properly calculate size of .rela.got section;
    847  1.1.1.2  christos      see elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  */
    848      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma local_n_slots;
    849      1.1     skrll 
    850      1.1     skrll   /* Offset of this GOT relative to beginning of .got section.  */
    851      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
    852      1.1     skrll };
    853      1.1     skrll 
    854      1.1     skrll /* BFD and its GOT.  This is an entry in multi_got->bfd2got hashtable.  */
    855      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry
    856      1.1     skrll {
    857      1.1     skrll   /* BFD.  */
    858      1.1     skrll   const bfd *bfd;
    859      1.1     skrll 
    860      1.1     skrll   /* Assigned GOT.  Before partitioning multi-GOT each BFD has its own
    861      1.1     skrll      GOT structure.  After partitioning several BFD's might [and often do]
    862      1.1     skrll      share a single GOT.  */
    863      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
    864      1.1     skrll };
    865      1.1     skrll 
    866      1.1     skrll /* The main data structure holding all the pieces.  */
    867      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got
    868      1.1     skrll {
    869      1.1     skrll   /* Hashtable mapping each BFD to its GOT.  If a BFD doesn't have an entry
    870      1.1     skrll      here, then it doesn't need a GOT (this includes the case of a BFD
    871      1.1     skrll      having an empty GOT).
    872      1.1     skrll 
    873      1.1     skrll      ??? This hashtable can be replaced by an array indexed by bfd->id.  */
    874      1.1     skrll   htab_t bfd2got;
    875      1.1     skrll 
    876      1.1     skrll   /* Next symndx to assign a global symbol.
    877      1.1     skrll      h->got_entry_key is initialized from this counter.  */
    878      1.1     skrll   unsigned long global_symndx;
    879      1.1     skrll };
    880      1.1     skrll 
    881      1.1     skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    882      1.1     skrll 
    883      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table
    884      1.1     skrll {
    885      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
    886  1.1.1.2  christos 
    887  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Small local sym cache.  */
    888      1.1     skrll   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
    889      1.1     skrll 
    890      1.1     skrll   /* The PLT format used by this link, or NULL if the format has not
    891      1.1     skrll      yet been chosen.  */
    892      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
    893      1.1     skrll 
    894      1.1     skrll   /* True, if GP is loaded within each function which uses it.
    895      1.1     skrll      Set to TRUE when GOT negative offsets or multi-GOT is enabled.  */
    896      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
    897      1.1     skrll 
    898      1.1     skrll   /* Switch controlling use of negative offsets to double the size of GOTs.  */
    899      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
    900      1.1     skrll 
    901      1.1     skrll   /* Switch controlling generation of multiple GOTs.  */
    902      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
    903      1.1     skrll 
    904      1.1     skrll   /* Multi-GOT data structure.  */
    905      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_multi_got multi_got_;
    906      1.1     skrll };
    907      1.1     skrll 
    908      1.1     skrll /* Get the m68k ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    909      1.1     skrll 
    910  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_m68k_hash_table(p) \
    911  1.1.1.2  christos   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
    912      1.1     skrll   == M68K_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
    913      1.1     skrll 
    914      1.1     skrll /* Shortcut to multi-GOT data.  */
    915      1.1     skrll #define elf_m68k_multi_got(INFO) (&elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->multi_got_)
    916      1.1     skrll 
    917      1.1     skrll /* Create an entry in an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    918      1.1     skrll 
    919  1.1.1.2  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    920  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    921  1.1.1.2  christos 			    struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    922      1.1     skrll 			    const char *string)
    923      1.1     skrll {
    924      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_hash_entry *ret = entry;
    925      1.1     skrll 
    926      1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    927      1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
    928      1.1     skrll   if (ret == NULL)
    929      1.1     skrll     ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    930      1.1     skrll 			     sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry));
    931      1.1     skrll   if (ret == NULL)
    932      1.1     skrll     return ret;
    933      1.1     skrll 
    934      1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    935      1.1     skrll   ret = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (ret, table, string);
    936      1.1     skrll   if (ret != NULL)
    937      1.1     skrll     {
    938      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
    939      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->got_entry_key = 0;
    940      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->glist = NULL;
    941      1.1     skrll     }
    942      1.1     skrll 
    943      1.1     skrll   return ret;
    944      1.1     skrll }
    945      1.1     skrll 
    946      1.1     skrll /* Create an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    947      1.1     skrll 
    948  1.1.1.2  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    949      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    950      1.1     skrll {
    951      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *ret;
    952      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table);
    953      1.1     skrll 
    954      1.1     skrll   ret = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
    955      1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) NULL)
    956      1.1     skrll     return NULL;
    957      1.1     skrll 
    958      1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
    959  1.1.1.2  christos 				      elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc,
    960  1.1.1.2  christos 				      sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry),
    961      1.1     skrll 				      M68K_ELF_DATA))
    962      1.1     skrll     {
    963      1.1     skrll       free (ret);
    964      1.1     skrll       return NULL;
    965      1.1     skrll     }
    966  1.1.1.2  christos 
    967      1.1     skrll   ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
    968      1.1     skrll   ret->plt_info = NULL;
    969      1.1     skrll   ret->local_gp_p = FALSE;
    970      1.1     skrll   ret->use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
    971      1.1     skrll   ret->allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
    972      1.1     skrll   ret->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
    973      1.1     skrll   ret->multi_got_.global_symndx = 1;
    974      1.1     skrll 
    975      1.1     skrll   return &ret->root.root;
    976      1.1     skrll }
    977      1.1     skrll 
    978      1.1     skrll /* Destruct local data.  */
    979      1.1     skrll 
    980      1.1     skrll static void
    981      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *_htab)
    982      1.1     skrll {
    983      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
    984      1.1     skrll 
    985      1.1     skrll   htab = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) _htab;
    986      1.1     skrll 
    987      1.1     skrll   if (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got != NULL)
    988      1.1     skrll     {
    989      1.1     skrll       htab_delete (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got);
    990      1.1     skrll       htab->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
    991      1.1     skrll     }
    992      1.1     skrll }
    993      1.1     skrll 
    994      1.1     skrll /* Set the right machine number.  */
    995      1.1     skrll 
    996      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    997      1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_object_p (bfd *abfd)
    998      1.1     skrll {
    999      1.1     skrll   unsigned int mach = 0;
   1000      1.1     skrll   unsigned features = 0;
   1001      1.1     skrll   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1002      1.1     skrll 
   1003      1.1     skrll   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1004      1.1     skrll     features |= m68000;
   1005      1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1006      1.1     skrll     features |= cpu32;
   1007      1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1008      1.1     skrll     features |= fido_a;
   1009      1.1     skrll   else
   1010      1.1     skrll     {
   1011      1.1     skrll       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1012      1.1     skrll 	{
   1013      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1014      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a;
   1015      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1016      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1017      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfhwdiv;
   1018      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1019      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1020      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_aa|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1021      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1022      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1023      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv;
   1024      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1025      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1026      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1027      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1028      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1029      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1030      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1031      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1032      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfusp;
   1033      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1034      1.1     skrll 	}
   1035      1.1     skrll       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1036      1.1     skrll 	{
   1037      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1038      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfmac;
   1039      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1040      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1041      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfemac;
   1042      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1043      1.1     skrll 	}
   1044      1.1     skrll       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1045      1.1     skrll 	features |= cfloat;
   1046      1.1     skrll     }
   1047      1.1     skrll 
   1048      1.1     skrll   mach = bfd_m68k_features_to_mach (features);
   1049      1.1     skrll   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, mach);
   1050      1.1     skrll 
   1051      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1052      1.1     skrll }
   1053  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1054  1.1.1.2  christos /* Somewhat reverse of elf32_m68k_object_p, this sets the e_flag
   1055  1.1.1.2  christos    field based on the machine number.  */
   1056  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1057  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   1058  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
   1059  1.1.1.2  christos 				 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1060  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1061  1.1.1.2  christos   int mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
   1062  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1063  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1064  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!e_flags)
   1065  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1066  1.1.1.2  christos       unsigned int arch_mask;
   1067  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1068  1.1.1.2  christos       arch_mask = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (mach);
   1069  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1070  1.1.1.2  christos       if (arch_mask & m68000)
   1071  1.1.1.2  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_M68000;
   1072  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (arch_mask & cpu32)
   1073  1.1.1.2  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_CPU32;
   1074  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (arch_mask & fido_a)
   1075  1.1.1.2  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1076  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   1077  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   1078  1.1.1.2  christos 	  switch (arch_mask
   1079  1.1.1.2  christos 		  & (mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfisa_b | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp))
   1080  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1081  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a:
   1082  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV;
   1083  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1084  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfhwdiv:
   1085  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A;
   1086  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1087  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1088  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS;
   1089  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1090  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv:
   1091  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP;
   1092  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1093  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1094  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B;
   1095  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1096  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1097  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C;
   1098  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1099  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfusp:
   1100  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV;
   1101  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1102  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1103  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (arch_mask & mcfmac)
   1104  1.1.1.2  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_MAC;
   1105  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (arch_mask & mcfemac)
   1106  1.1.1.2  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_EMAC;
   1107  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (arch_mask & cfloat)
   1108  1.1.1.2  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT | EF_M68K_CFV4E;
   1109  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   1110  1.1.1.2  christos       elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
   1111  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1112  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1113      1.1     skrll 
   1114  1.1.1.2  christos /* Keep m68k-specific flags in the ELF header.  */
   1115      1.1     skrll 
   1116  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1117      1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
   1118      1.1     skrll {
   1119      1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
   1120      1.1     skrll   elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
   1121      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1122      1.1     skrll }
   1123      1.1     skrll 
   1124      1.1     skrll /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
   1125      1.1     skrll    object file when linking.  */
   1126  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1127      1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
   1128      1.1     skrll {
   1129      1.1     skrll   flagword out_flags;
   1130      1.1     skrll   flagword in_flags;
   1131      1.1     skrll   flagword out_isa;
   1132      1.1     skrll   flagword in_isa;
   1133      1.1     skrll   const bfd_arch_info_type *arch_info;
   1134      1.1     skrll 
   1135      1.1     skrll   if (   bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   1136      1.1     skrll       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   1137      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1138      1.1     skrll 
   1139      1.1     skrll   /* Get the merged machine.  This checks for incompatibility between
   1140      1.1     skrll      Coldfire & non-Coldfire flags, incompability between different
   1141      1.1     skrll      Coldfire ISAs, and incompability between different MAC types.  */
   1142      1.1     skrll   arch_info = bfd_arch_get_compatible (ibfd, obfd, FALSE);
   1143      1.1     skrll   if (!arch_info)
   1144      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1145      1.1     skrll 
   1146      1.1     skrll   bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_m68k, arch_info->mach);
   1147      1.1     skrll 
   1148      1.1     skrll   in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   1149      1.1     skrll   if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
   1150      1.1     skrll     {
   1151      1.1     skrll       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   1152      1.1     skrll       out_flags = in_flags;
   1153      1.1     skrll     }
   1154      1.1     skrll   else
   1155      1.1     skrll     {
   1156      1.1     skrll       out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
   1157      1.1     skrll       unsigned int variant_mask;
   1158      1.1     skrll 
   1159      1.1     skrll       if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1160      1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1161      1.1     skrll       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1162      1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1163      1.1     skrll       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1164      1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1165      1.1     skrll       else
   1166      1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK;
   1167      1.1     skrll 
   1168      1.1     skrll       in_isa = (in_flags & variant_mask);
   1169      1.1     skrll       out_isa = (out_flags & variant_mask);
   1170      1.1     skrll       if (in_isa > out_isa)
   1171      1.1     skrll 	out_flags ^= in_isa ^ out_isa;
   1172      1.1     skrll       if (((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32
   1173      1.1     skrll 	   && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1174      1.1     skrll 	  || ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO
   1175      1.1     skrll 	      && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32))
   1176      1.1     skrll 	out_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1177      1.1     skrll       else
   1178      1.1     skrll       out_flags |= in_flags ^ in_isa;
   1179      1.1     skrll     }
   1180      1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = out_flags;
   1181      1.1     skrll 
   1182      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1183      1.1     skrll }
   1184      1.1     skrll 
   1185      1.1     skrll /* Display the flags field.  */
   1186      1.1     skrll 
   1187      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1188      1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
   1189      1.1     skrll {
   1190      1.1     skrll   FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
   1191      1.1     skrll   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1192      1.1     skrll 
   1193      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
   1194      1.1     skrll 
   1195      1.1     skrll   /* Print normal ELF private data.  */
   1196      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
   1197      1.1     skrll 
   1198      1.1     skrll   /* Ignore init flag - it may not be set, despite the flags field containing valid data.  */
   1199      1.1     skrll 
   1200      1.1     skrll   /* xgettext:c-format */
   1201      1.1     skrll   fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
   1202      1.1     skrll 
   1203      1.1     skrll   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1204      1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [m68000]");
   1205      1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1206      1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [cpu32]");
   1207      1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1208      1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [fido]");
   1209      1.1     skrll   else
   1210      1.1     skrll     {
   1211      1.1     skrll       if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CFV4E)
   1212      1.1     skrll 	fprintf (file, " [cfv4e]");
   1213      1.1     skrll 
   1214      1.1     skrll       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1215      1.1     skrll 	{
   1216      1.1     skrll 	  char const *isa = _("unknown");
   1217      1.1     skrll 	  char const *mac = _("unknown");
   1218      1.1     skrll 	  char const *additional = "";
   1219      1.1     skrll 
   1220      1.1     skrll 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1221      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1222      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1223      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A";
   1224      1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1225      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1226      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1227      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A";
   1228      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1229      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1230      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A+";
   1231      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1232      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1233      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "B";
   1234      1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nousp]";
   1235      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1236      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1237      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "B";
   1238      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1239      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1240      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "C";
   1241      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1242      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1243      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "C";
   1244      1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1245      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1246      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1247      1.1     skrll 	  fprintf (file, " [isa %s]%s", isa, additional);
   1248      1.1     skrll 
   1249      1.1     skrll 	  if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1250      1.1     skrll 	    fprintf (file, " [float]");
   1251      1.1     skrll 
   1252      1.1     skrll 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1253      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1254      1.1     skrll 	    case 0:
   1255      1.1     skrll 	      mac = NULL;
   1256      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1257      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1258      1.1     skrll 	      mac = "mac";
   1259      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1260      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1261      1.1     skrll 	      mac = "emac";
   1262  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1263  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC_B:
   1264  1.1.1.2  christos 	      mac = "emac_b";
   1265      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1266      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1267      1.1     skrll 	  if (mac)
   1268      1.1     skrll 	    fprintf (file, " [%s]", mac);
   1269      1.1     skrll 	}
   1270      1.1     skrll     }
   1271      1.1     skrll 
   1272      1.1     skrll   fputc ('\n', file);
   1273      1.1     skrll 
   1274      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1275      1.1     skrll }
   1276      1.1     skrll 
   1277      1.1     skrll /* Multi-GOT support implementation design:
   1278      1.1     skrll 
   1279      1.1     skrll    Multi-GOT starts in check_relocs hook.  There we scan all
   1280      1.1     skrll    relocations of a BFD and build a local GOT (struct elf_m68k_got)
   1281      1.1     skrll    for it.  If a single BFD appears to require too many GOT slots with
   1282      1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_GOT16O relocations, we fail with notification
   1283      1.1     skrll    to user.
   1284      1.1     skrll    After check_relocs has been invoked for each input BFD, we have
   1285      1.1     skrll    constructed a GOT for each input BFD.
   1286      1.1     skrll 
   1287      1.1     skrll    To minimize total number of GOTs required for a particular output BFD
   1288      1.1     skrll    (as some environments support only 1 GOT per output object) we try
   1289      1.1     skrll    to merge some of the GOTs to share an offset space.  Ideally [and in most
   1290      1.1     skrll    cases] we end up with a single GOT.  In cases when there are too many
   1291      1.1     skrll    restricted relocations (e.g., R_68K_GOT16O relocations) we end up with
   1292      1.1     skrll    several GOTs, assuming the environment can handle them.
   1293      1.1     skrll 
   1294      1.1     skrll    Partitioning is done in elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  We start with
   1295      1.1     skrll    an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
   1296      1.1     skrll    local GOTs to the new 'big' one.  We do that by constructing an
   1297      1.1     skrll    intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
   1298      1.1     skrll    GOT lacks.  Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
   1299      1.1     skrll    all the entries from diff.  On success we add those entries to the big
   1300      1.1     skrll    GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
   1301      1.1     skrll    entries from the local GOT.  Note that this retry will always succeed as
   1302      1.1     skrll    each local GOT doesn't overflow the limits.  After partitioning we
   1303      1.1     skrll    end up with each bfd assigned one of the big GOTs.  GOT entries in the
   1304      1.1     skrll    big GOTs are initialized with GOT offsets.  Note that big GOTs are
   1305      1.1     skrll    positioned consequently in program space and represent a single huge GOT
   1306      1.1     skrll    to the outside world.
   1307      1.1     skrll 
   1308      1.1     skrll    After that we get to elf_m68k_relocate_section.  There we
   1309      1.1     skrll    adjust relocations of GOT pointer (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) and symbol
   1310      1.1     skrll    relocations to refer to appropriate [assigned to current input_bfd]
   1311      1.1     skrll    big GOT.
   1312      1.1     skrll 
   1313      1.1     skrll    Notes:
   1314  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1315  1.1.1.2  christos    GOT entry type: We have several types of GOT entries.
   1316  1.1.1.2  christos    * R_8 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1317      1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_TLS_*8 relocation.  We can have at most 0x40
   1318  1.1.1.2  christos    such entries in one GOT.
   1319  1.1.1.2  christos    * R_16 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1320      1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT16O or R_68K_TLS_*16 relocation and no R_8 relocations.
   1321  1.1.1.2  christos    We can have at most 0x4000 such entries in one GOT.
   1322  1.1.1.2  christos    * R_32 type is used in all other cases.  We can have as many
   1323      1.1     skrll    such entries in one GOT as we'd like.
   1324      1.1     skrll    When counting relocations we have to include the count of the smaller
   1325      1.1     skrll    ranged relocations in the counts of the larger ranged ones in order
   1326      1.1     skrll    to correctly detect overflow.
   1327      1.1     skrll 
   1328  1.1.1.2  christos    Sorting the GOT: In each GOT starting offsets are assigned to
   1329  1.1.1.2  christos    R_8 entries, which are followed by R_16 entries, and
   1330      1.1     skrll    R_32 entries go at the end.  See finalize_got_offsets for details.
   1331      1.1     skrll 
   1332      1.1     skrll    Negative GOT offsets: To double usable offset range of GOTs we use
   1333      1.1     skrll    negative offsets.  As we assign entries with GOT offsets relative to
   1334      1.1     skrll    start of .got section, the offset values are positive.  They become
   1335      1.1     skrll    negative only in relocate_section where got->offset value is
   1336      1.1     skrll    subtracted from them.
   1337      1.1     skrll 
   1338      1.1     skrll    3 special GOT entries: There are 3 special GOT entries used internally
   1339      1.1     skrll    by loader.  These entries happen to be placed to .got.plt section,
   1340      1.1     skrll    so we don't do anything about them in multi-GOT support.
   1341      1.1     skrll 
   1342      1.1     skrll    Memory management: All data except for hashtables
   1343      1.1     skrll    multi_got->bfd2got and got->entries are allocated on
   1344      1.1     skrll    elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj bfd (for this reason we pass 'info'
   1345      1.1     skrll    to most functions), so we don't need to care to free them.  At the
   1346      1.1     skrll    moment of allocation hashtables are being linked into main data
   1347      1.1     skrll    structure (multi_got), all pieces of which are reachable from
   1348      1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_multi_got (info).  We deallocate them in
   1349      1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free.  */
   1350      1.1     skrll 
   1351      1.1     skrll /* Initialize GOT.  */
   1352      1.1     skrll 
   1353  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   1354  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_init_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1355  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1356  1.1.1.2  christos   got->entries = NULL;
   1357  1.1.1.2  christos   got->n_slots[R_8] = 0;
   1358  1.1.1.2  christos   got->n_slots[R_16] = 0;
   1359  1.1.1.2  christos   got->n_slots[R_32] = 0;
   1360  1.1.1.2  christos   got->local_n_slots = 0;
   1361      1.1     skrll   got->offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1362      1.1     skrll }
   1363      1.1     skrll 
   1364      1.1     skrll /* Destruct GOT.  */
   1365      1.1     skrll 
   1366      1.1     skrll static void
   1367      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1368      1.1     skrll {
   1369      1.1     skrll   if (got->entries != NULL)
   1370      1.1     skrll     {
   1371      1.1     skrll       htab_delete (got->entries);
   1372      1.1     skrll       got->entries = NULL;
   1373      1.1     skrll     }
   1374      1.1     skrll }
   1375      1.1     skrll 
   1376      1.1     skrll /* Create and empty GOT structure.  INFO is the context where memory
   1377      1.1     skrll    should be allocated.  */
   1378      1.1     skrll 
   1379      1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got *
   1380      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_create_empty_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1381      1.1     skrll {
   1382      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   1383      1.1     skrll 
   1384      1.1     skrll   got = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*got));
   1385      1.1     skrll   if (got == NULL)
   1386      1.1     skrll     return NULL;
   1387  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1388      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_init_got (got);
   1389      1.1     skrll 
   1390      1.1     skrll   return got;
   1391      1.1     skrll }
   1392      1.1     skrll 
   1393      1.1     skrll /* Initialize KEY.  */
   1394      1.1     skrll 
   1395      1.1     skrll static void
   1396      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1397  1.1.1.2  christos 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1398  1.1.1.2  christos 			     const bfd *abfd, unsigned long symndx,
   1399      1.1     skrll 			     enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type)
   1400  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1401  1.1.1.2  christos   if (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (reloc_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   1402  1.1.1.2  christos     /* All TLS_LDM relocations share a single GOT entry.  */
   1403  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1404  1.1.1.2  christos       key->bfd = NULL;
   1405  1.1.1.2  christos       key->symndx = 0;
   1406  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1407  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (h != NULL)
   1408      1.1     skrll     /* Global symbols are identified with their got_entry_key.  */
   1409      1.1     skrll     {
   1410      1.1     skrll       key->bfd = NULL;
   1411      1.1     skrll       key->symndx = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key;
   1412      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (key->symndx != 0);
   1413      1.1     skrll     }
   1414  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1415      1.1     skrll     /* Local symbols are identified by BFD they appear in and symndx.  */
   1416      1.1     skrll     {
   1417      1.1     skrll       key->bfd = abfd;
   1418      1.1     skrll       key->symndx = symndx;
   1419  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1420  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1421      1.1     skrll   key->type = reloc_type;
   1422      1.1     skrll }
   1423      1.1     skrll 
   1424      1.1     skrll /* Calculate hash of got_entry.
   1425      1.1     skrll    ??? Is it good?  */
   1426      1.1     skrll 
   1427      1.1     skrll static hashval_t
   1428      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_hash (const void *_entry)
   1429      1.1     skrll {
   1430      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key;
   1431      1.1     skrll 
   1432      1.1     skrll   key = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry)->key_;
   1433  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1434  1.1.1.2  christos   return (key->symndx
   1435  1.1.1.2  christos 	  + (key->bfd != NULL ? (int) key->bfd->id : -1)
   1436      1.1     skrll 	  + elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key->type));
   1437      1.1     skrll }
   1438      1.1     skrll 
   1439      1.1     skrll /* Check if two got entries are equal.  */
   1440      1.1     skrll 
   1441      1.1     skrll static int
   1442      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_eq (const void *_entry1, const void *_entry2)
   1443      1.1     skrll {
   1444      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key1;
   1445      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key2;
   1446      1.1     skrll 
   1447      1.1     skrll   key1 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry1)->key_;
   1448      1.1     skrll   key2 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry2)->key_;
   1449      1.1     skrll 
   1450  1.1.1.2  christos   return (key1->bfd == key2->bfd
   1451  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && key1->symndx == key2->symndx
   1452  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key1->type)
   1453      1.1     skrll 	      == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key2->type)));
   1454      1.1     skrll }
   1455  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1456  1.1.1.2  christos /* When using negative offsets, we allocate one extra R_8, one extra R_16
   1457  1.1.1.2  christos    and one extra R_32 slots to simplify handling of 2-slot entries during
   1458  1.1.1.2  christos    offset allocation -- hence -1 for R_8 slots and -2 for R_16 slots.  */
   1459  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1460  1.1.1.2  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1461      1.1     skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1462  1.1.1.2  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1463      1.1     skrll    ? (0x40 - 1)							\
   1464      1.1     skrll    : 0x20)
   1465  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1466  1.1.1.2  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 and R_16 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1467      1.1     skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1468  1.1.1.2  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1469      1.1     skrll    ? (0x4000 - 2)						\
   1470      1.1     skrll    : 0x2000)
   1471      1.1     skrll 
   1472      1.1     skrll /* SEARCH - simply search the hashtable, don't insert new entries or fail when
   1473      1.1     skrll    the entry cannot be found.
   1474      1.1     skrll    FIND_OR_CREATE - search for an existing entry, but create new if there's
   1475      1.1     skrll    no such.
   1476      1.1     skrll    MUST_FIND - search for an existing entry and assert that it exist.
   1477      1.1     skrll    MUST_CREATE - assert that there's no such entry and create new one.  */
   1478      1.1     skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto
   1479      1.1     skrll   {
   1480      1.1     skrll     SEARCH,
   1481      1.1     skrll     FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1482      1.1     skrll     MUST_FIND,
   1483      1.1     skrll     MUST_CREATE
   1484      1.1     skrll   };
   1485      1.1     skrll 
   1486      1.1     skrll /* Get or create (depending on HOWTO) entry with KEY in GOT.
   1487      1.1     skrll    INFO is context in which memory should be allocated (can be NULL if
   1488      1.1     skrll    HOWTO is SEARCH or MUST_FIND).  */
   1489      1.1     skrll 
   1490      1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1491      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1492      1.1     skrll 			const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1493      1.1     skrll 			enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1494      1.1     skrll 			struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1495      1.1     skrll {
   1496      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   1497      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1498      1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   1499      1.1     skrll 
   1500      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1501      1.1     skrll 
   1502      1.1     skrll   if (got->entries == NULL)
   1503      1.1     skrll     /* This is the first entry in ABFD.  Initialize hashtable.  */
   1504      1.1     skrll     {
   1505      1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1506      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1507  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1508      1.1     skrll       got->entries = htab_try_create (ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT
   1509      1.1     skrll 				      (info),
   1510      1.1     skrll 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_hash,
   1511      1.1     skrll 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_eq, NULL);
   1512      1.1     skrll       if (got->entries == NULL)
   1513      1.1     skrll 	{
   1514      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1515      1.1     skrll 	  return NULL;
   1516      1.1     skrll 	}
   1517      1.1     skrll     }
   1518      1.1     skrll 
   1519      1.1     skrll   entry_.key_ = *key;
   1520      1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1521      1.1     skrll 						? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1522      1.1     skrll   if (ptr == NULL)
   1523      1.1     skrll     {
   1524      1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1525      1.1     skrll 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1526      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1527      1.1     skrll 
   1528      1.1     skrll       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1529      1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1530      1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1531      1.1     skrll     }
   1532      1.1     skrll 
   1533      1.1     skrll   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1534      1.1     skrll     /* We didn't find the entry and we're asked to create a new one.  */
   1535      1.1     skrll     {
   1536      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1537      1.1     skrll 
   1538      1.1     skrll       entry = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry));
   1539      1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1540      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1541      1.1     skrll 
   1542      1.1     skrll       /* Initialize new entry.  */
   1543      1.1     skrll       entry->key_ = *key;
   1544      1.1     skrll 
   1545  1.1.1.2  christos       entry->u.s1.refcount = 0;
   1546  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1547  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Mark the entry as not initialized.  */
   1548      1.1     skrll       entry->key_.type = R_68K_max;
   1549      1.1     skrll 
   1550      1.1     skrll       *ptr = entry;
   1551      1.1     skrll     }
   1552      1.1     skrll   else
   1553      1.1     skrll     /* We found the entry.  */
   1554      1.1     skrll     {
   1555      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1556      1.1     skrll 
   1557      1.1     skrll       entry = *ptr;
   1558      1.1     skrll     }
   1559      1.1     skrll 
   1560      1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1561      1.1     skrll }
   1562      1.1     skrll 
   1563      1.1     skrll /* Update GOT counters when merging entry of WAS type with entry of NEW type.
   1564      1.1     skrll    Return the value to which ENTRY's type should be set.  */
   1565  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1566  1.1.1.2  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
   1567  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1568  1.1.1.2  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type was,
   1569  1.1.1.2  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type new_reloc)
   1570  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1571  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size was_size;
   1572  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size new_size;
   1573  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1574  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1575  1.1.1.2  christos   if (was == R_68K_max)
   1576      1.1     skrll     /* The type of the entry is not initialized yet.  */
   1577  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1578  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Update all got->n_slots counters, including n_slots[R_32].  */
   1579      1.1     skrll       was_size = R_LAST;
   1580  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1581      1.1     skrll       was = new_reloc;
   1582      1.1     skrll     }
   1583  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1584  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1585  1.1.1.2  christos       /* !!! We, probably, should emit an error rather then fail on assert
   1586  1.1.1.2  christos 	 in such a case.  */
   1587  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (was)
   1588  1.1.1.2  christos 		  == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (new_reloc));
   1589  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1590  1.1.1.2  christos       was_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (was);
   1591      1.1     skrll     }
   1592  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1593  1.1.1.2  christos   new_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (new_reloc);
   1594  1.1.1.2  christos   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (new_reloc);
   1595  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1596  1.1.1.2  christos   while (was_size > new_size)
   1597  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1598  1.1.1.2  christos       --was_size;
   1599  1.1.1.2  christos       got->n_slots[was_size] += n_slots;
   1600  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1601  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1602  1.1.1.2  christos   if (new_reloc > was)
   1603  1.1.1.2  christos     /* Relocations are ordered from bigger got offset size to lesser,
   1604  1.1.1.2  christos        so choose the relocation type with lesser offset size.  */
   1605  1.1.1.2  christos     was = new_reloc;
   1606  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1607      1.1     skrll   return was;
   1608      1.1     skrll }
   1609      1.1     skrll 
   1610      1.1     skrll /* Update GOT counters when removing an entry of type TYPE.  */
   1611      1.1     skrll 
   1612  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   1613  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1614      1.1     skrll 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type)
   1615  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1616  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size os;
   1617      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1618  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1619      1.1     skrll   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1620  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1621  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Decrese counter of slots with offset size corresponding to TYPE
   1622  1.1.1.2  christos      and all greater offset sizes.  */
   1623  1.1.1.2  christos   for (os = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (type); os <= R_32; ++os)
   1624  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1625      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[os] >= n_slots);
   1626  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1627      1.1     skrll       got->n_slots[os] -= n_slots;
   1628      1.1     skrll     }
   1629      1.1     skrll }
   1630      1.1     skrll 
   1631      1.1     skrll /* Add new or update existing entry to GOT.
   1632      1.1     skrll    H, ABFD, TYPE and SYMNDX is data for the entry.
   1633      1.1     skrll    INFO is a context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1634      1.1     skrll 
   1635      1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1636      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1637      1.1     skrll 			   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1638  1.1.1.2  christos 			   const bfd *abfd,
   1639  1.1.1.2  christos 			   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type,
   1640      1.1     skrll 			   unsigned long symndx,
   1641      1.1     skrll 			   struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1642      1.1     skrll {
   1643      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   1644      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1645      1.1     skrll 
   1646      1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL && elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key == 0)
   1647      1.1     skrll     elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key
   1648      1.1     skrll       = elf_m68k_multi_got (info)->global_symndx++;
   1649  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1650      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, symndx, reloc_type);
   1651      1.1     skrll 
   1652      1.1     skrll   entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   1653      1.1     skrll   if (entry == NULL)
   1654      1.1     skrll     return NULL;
   1655  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1656  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Determine entry's type and update got->n_slots counters.  */
   1657  1.1.1.2  christos   entry->key_.type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (got,
   1658  1.1.1.2  christos 						     entry->key_.type,
   1659  1.1.1.2  christos 						     reloc_type);
   1660      1.1     skrll 
   1661      1.1     skrll   /* Update refcount.  */
   1662      1.1     skrll   ++entry->u.s1.refcount;
   1663      1.1     skrll 
   1664      1.1     skrll   if (entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   1665      1.1     skrll     /* We see this entry for the first time.  */
   1666      1.1     skrll     {
   1667  1.1.1.2  christos       if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1668      1.1     skrll 	got->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   1669      1.1     skrll     }
   1670  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1671      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   1672  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1673  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((got->n_slots[R_8]
   1674  1.1.1.2  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1675  1.1.1.2  christos       || (got->n_slots[R_16]
   1676      1.1     skrll 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1677      1.1     skrll     /* This BFD has too many relocation.  */
   1678  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1679      1.1     skrll       if (got->n_slots[R_8] > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1680  1.1.1.2  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1681  1.1.1.2  christos 				 "Number of relocations with 8-bit "
   1682      1.1     skrll 				 "offset > %d"),
   1683  1.1.1.2  christos 			       abfd,
   1684      1.1     skrll 			       ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1685      1.1     skrll       else
   1686  1.1.1.2  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1687  1.1.1.2  christos 				 "Number of relocations with 8- or 16-bit "
   1688      1.1     skrll 				 "offset > %d"),
   1689  1.1.1.2  christos 			       abfd,
   1690      1.1     skrll 			       ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1691      1.1     skrll 
   1692      1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1693      1.1     skrll     }
   1694      1.1     skrll 
   1695      1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1696      1.1     skrll }
   1697      1.1     skrll 
   1698      1.1     skrll /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry.  */
   1699      1.1     skrll 
   1700      1.1     skrll static hashval_t
   1701      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry)
   1702      1.1     skrll {
   1703      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e;
   1704      1.1     skrll 
   1705      1.1     skrll   e = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry;
   1706      1.1     skrll 
   1707      1.1     skrll   return e->bfd->id;
   1708      1.1     skrll }
   1709      1.1     skrll 
   1710      1.1     skrll /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd.  */
   1711      1.1     skrll 
   1712      1.1     skrll static int
   1713      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
   1714      1.1     skrll {
   1715      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e1;
   1716      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e2;
   1717      1.1     skrll 
   1718      1.1     skrll   e1 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry1;
   1719      1.1     skrll   e2 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry2;
   1720      1.1     skrll 
   1721      1.1     skrll   return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
   1722      1.1     skrll }
   1723      1.1     skrll 
   1724      1.1     skrll /* Destruct a bfd2got entry.  */
   1725      1.1     skrll 
   1726      1.1     skrll static void
   1727      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del (void *_entry)
   1728      1.1     skrll {
   1729      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1730      1.1     skrll 
   1731      1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) _entry;
   1732      1.1     skrll 
   1733      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->got != NULL);
   1734      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_clear_got (entry->got);
   1735      1.1     skrll }
   1736      1.1     skrll 
   1737      1.1     skrll /* Find existing or create new (depending on HOWTO) bfd2got entry in
   1738      1.1     skrll    MULTI_GOT.  ABFD is the bfd we need a GOT for.  INFO is a context where
   1739      1.1     skrll    memory should be allocated.  */
   1740      1.1     skrll 
   1741      1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *
   1742      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got,
   1743      1.1     skrll 			    const bfd *abfd,
   1744      1.1     skrll 			    enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1745      1.1     skrll 			    struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1746      1.1     skrll {
   1747      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry entry_;
   1748      1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   1749      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1750      1.1     skrll 
   1751      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1752      1.1     skrll 
   1753      1.1     skrll   if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1754      1.1     skrll     /* This is the first GOT.  Initialize bfd2got.  */
   1755      1.1     skrll     {
   1756      1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1757      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1758      1.1     skrll 
   1759      1.1     skrll       multi_got->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash,
   1760      1.1     skrll 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq,
   1761      1.1     skrll 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del);
   1762      1.1     skrll       if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1763      1.1     skrll 	{
   1764      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1765      1.1     skrll 	  return NULL;
   1766      1.1     skrll 	}
   1767      1.1     skrll     }
   1768      1.1     skrll 
   1769      1.1     skrll   entry_.bfd = abfd;
   1770      1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (multi_got->bfd2got, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1771      1.1     skrll 						      ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1772      1.1     skrll   if (ptr == NULL)
   1773      1.1     skrll     {
   1774      1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1775      1.1     skrll 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1776      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1777      1.1     skrll 
   1778      1.1     skrll       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1779      1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1780      1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1781      1.1     skrll     }
   1782      1.1     skrll 
   1783      1.1     skrll   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1784      1.1     skrll     /* Entry was not found.  Create new one.  */
   1785      1.1     skrll     {
   1786      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1787      1.1     skrll 
   1788      1.1     skrll       entry = ((struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *)
   1789      1.1     skrll 	       bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry)));
   1790      1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1791      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1792      1.1     skrll 
   1793      1.1     skrll       entry->bfd = abfd;
   1794      1.1     skrll 
   1795      1.1     skrll       entry->got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (info);
   1796      1.1     skrll       if (entry->got == NULL)
   1797      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1798      1.1     skrll 
   1799      1.1     skrll       *ptr = entry;
   1800      1.1     skrll     }
   1801      1.1     skrll   else
   1802      1.1     skrll     {
   1803      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1804      1.1     skrll 
   1805      1.1     skrll       /* Return existing entry.  */
   1806      1.1     skrll       entry = *ptr;
   1807      1.1     skrll     }
   1808      1.1     skrll 
   1809      1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1810      1.1     skrll }
   1811      1.1     skrll 
   1812      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg
   1813      1.1     skrll {
   1814      1.1     skrll   /* A current_got that we constructing a DIFF against.  */
   1815      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1816      1.1     skrll 
   1817      1.1     skrll   /* GOT holding entries not present or that should be changed in
   1818      1.1     skrll      BIG.  */
   1819      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   1820      1.1     skrll 
   1821      1.1     skrll   /* Context where to allocate memory.  */
   1822      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1823      1.1     skrll 
   1824      1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   1825      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1826      1.1     skrll };
   1827      1.1     skrll 
   1828      1.1     skrll /* Process a single entry from the small GOT to see if it should be added
   1829      1.1     skrll    or updated in the big GOT.  */
   1830      1.1     skrll 
   1831      1.1     skrll static int
   1832      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1 (void **_entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1833      1.1     skrll {
   1834      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry1;
   1835      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1836  1.1.1.2  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry2;
   1837      1.1     skrll   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
   1838      1.1     skrll 
   1839      1.1     skrll   entry1 = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *_entry_ptr;
   1840      1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1841      1.1     skrll 
   1842      1.1     skrll   entry2 = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &entry1->key_, SEARCH, NULL);
   1843      1.1     skrll 
   1844  1.1.1.2  christos   if (entry2 != NULL)
   1845      1.1     skrll     /* We found an existing entry.  Check if we should update it.  */
   1846  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1847  1.1.1.2  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1848  1.1.1.2  christos 					     entry2->key_.type,
   1849      1.1     skrll 					     entry1->key_.type);
   1850  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1851      1.1     skrll       if (type == entry2->key_.type)
   1852      1.1     skrll 	/* ENTRY1 doesn't update data in ENTRY2.  Skip it.
   1853      1.1     skrll 	   To skip creation of difference entry we use the type,
   1854  1.1.1.2  christos 	   which we won't see in GOT entries for sure.  */
   1855      1.1     skrll 	type = R_68K_max;
   1856      1.1     skrll     }
   1857  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1858      1.1     skrll     /* We didn't find the entry.  Add entry1 to DIFF.  */
   1859  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1860      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (entry1->key_.type != R_68K_max);
   1861  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1862  1.1.1.2  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1863      1.1     skrll 					     R_68K_max, entry1->key_.type);
   1864      1.1     skrll 
   1865  1.1.1.2  christos       if (entry1->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1866      1.1     skrll 	arg->diff->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1867      1.1     skrll     }
   1868  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1869      1.1     skrll   if (type != R_68K_max)
   1870      1.1     skrll     /* Create an entry in DIFF.  */
   1871      1.1     skrll     {
   1872      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1873      1.1     skrll 
   1874      1.1     skrll       entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->diff, &entry1->key_, MUST_CREATE,
   1875      1.1     skrll 				      arg->info);
   1876      1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1877      1.1     skrll 	{
   1878      1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1879      1.1     skrll 	  return 0;
   1880      1.1     skrll 	}
   1881  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1882      1.1     skrll       entry->key_.type = type;
   1883      1.1     skrll     }
   1884      1.1     skrll 
   1885      1.1     skrll   return 1;
   1886      1.1     skrll }
   1887      1.1     skrll 
   1888      1.1     skrll /* Return TRUE if SMALL GOT can be added to BIG GOT without overflowing it.
   1889      1.1     skrll    Construct DIFF GOT holding the entries which should be added or updated
   1890      1.1     skrll    in BIG GOT to accumulate information from SMALL.
   1891      1.1     skrll    INFO is the context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1892      1.1     skrll 
   1893      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1894      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1895      1.1     skrll 			 const struct elf_m68k_got *small,
   1896      1.1     skrll 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1897      1.1     skrll 			 struct elf_m68k_got *diff)
   1898      1.1     skrll {
   1899      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1900      1.1     skrll 
   1901      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (small->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   1902      1.1     skrll 
   1903      1.1     skrll   arg_.big = big;
   1904      1.1     skrll   arg_.diff = diff;
   1905      1.1     skrll   arg_.info = info;
   1906      1.1     skrll   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1907      1.1     skrll   htab_traverse_noresize (small->entries, elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1908      1.1     skrll   if (arg_.error_p)
   1909      1.1     skrll     {
   1910      1.1     skrll       diff->offset = 0;
   1911      1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
   1912      1.1     skrll     }
   1913      1.1     skrll 
   1914  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Check for overflow.  */
   1915  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((big->n_slots[R_8] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_8]
   1916  1.1.1.2  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1917  1.1.1.2  christos       || (big->n_slots[R_16] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_16]
   1918      1.1     skrll 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1919      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1920      1.1     skrll 
   1921      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1922      1.1     skrll }
   1923      1.1     skrll 
   1924      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg
   1925      1.1     skrll {
   1926      1.1     skrll   /* The BIG got.  */
   1927      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1928      1.1     skrll 
   1929      1.1     skrll   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1930      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1931      1.1     skrll 
   1932      1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   1933      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1934      1.1     skrll };
   1935      1.1     skrll 
   1936      1.1     skrll /* Process a single entry from DIFF got.  Add or update corresponding
   1937      1.1     skrll    entry in the BIG got.  */
   1938      1.1     skrll 
   1939      1.1     skrll static int
   1940      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1941      1.1     skrll {
   1942      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *from;
   1943      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1944      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *to;
   1945      1.1     skrll 
   1946      1.1     skrll   from = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   1947      1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1948      1.1     skrll 
   1949      1.1     skrll   to = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &from->key_, FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1950      1.1     skrll 			       arg->info);
   1951      1.1     skrll   if (to == NULL)
   1952      1.1     skrll     {
   1953      1.1     skrll       arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1954      1.1     skrll       return 0;
   1955      1.1     skrll     }
   1956      1.1     skrll 
   1957      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (to->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   1958  1.1.1.2  christos   /* All we need to merge is TYPE.  */
   1959      1.1     skrll   to->key_.type = from->key_.type;
   1960      1.1     skrll 
   1961      1.1     skrll   return 1;
   1962      1.1     skrll }
   1963      1.1     skrll 
   1964      1.1     skrll /* Merge data from DIFF to BIG.  INFO is context where memory should be
   1965      1.1     skrll    allocated.  */
   1966      1.1     skrll 
   1967      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1968      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1969      1.1     skrll 		     struct elf_m68k_got *diff,
   1970      1.1     skrll 		     struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1971      1.1     skrll {
   1972      1.1     skrll   if (diff->entries != NULL)
   1973      1.1     skrll     /* DIFF is not empty.  Merge it into BIG GOT.  */
   1974      1.1     skrll     {
   1975      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1976      1.1     skrll 
   1977      1.1     skrll       /* Merge entries.  */
   1978      1.1     skrll       arg_.big = big;
   1979      1.1     skrll       arg_.info = info;
   1980      1.1     skrll       arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1981      1.1     skrll       htab_traverse_noresize (diff->entries, elf_m68k_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1982      1.1     skrll       if (arg_.error_p)
   1983      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   1984      1.1     skrll 
   1985  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Merge counters.  */
   1986  1.1.1.2  christos       big->n_slots[R_8] += diff->n_slots[R_8];
   1987  1.1.1.2  christos       big->n_slots[R_16] += diff->n_slots[R_16];
   1988  1.1.1.2  christos       big->n_slots[R_32] += diff->n_slots[R_32];
   1989      1.1     skrll       big->local_n_slots += diff->local_n_slots;
   1990      1.1     skrll     }
   1991      1.1     skrll   else
   1992      1.1     skrll     /* DIFF is empty.  */
   1993  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1994  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_8] == 0);
   1995  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_16] == 0);
   1996  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_32] == 0);
   1997      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (diff->local_n_slots == 0);
   1998      1.1     skrll     }
   1999      1.1     skrll 
   2000  1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (!elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->allow_multigot_p
   2001  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || ((big->n_slots[R_8]
   2002  1.1.1.2  christos 		   <= ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   2003  1.1.1.2  christos 		  && (big->n_slots[R_16]
   2004      1.1     skrll 		      <= ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))));
   2005      1.1     skrll 
   2006      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2007      1.1     skrll }
   2008      1.1     skrll 
   2009      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg
   2010  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2011  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Ranges of the offsets for GOT entries.
   2012  1.1.1.2  christos      R_x entries receive offsets between offset1[R_x] and offset2[R_x].
   2013  1.1.1.2  christos      R_x is R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2014  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma *offset1;
   2015      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma *offset2;
   2016      1.1     skrll 
   2017      1.1     skrll   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2018      1.1     skrll      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2019  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2020  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2021      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2022      1.1     skrll };
   2023      1.1     skrll 
   2024      1.1     skrll /* Assign ENTRY an offset.  Build list of GOT entries for global symbols
   2025      1.1     skrll    along the way.  */
   2026      1.1     skrll 
   2027      1.1     skrll static int
   2028      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   2029      1.1     skrll {
   2030      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2031      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *arg;
   2032  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2033  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size got_offset_size;
   2034  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma entry_size;
   2035      1.1     skrll 
   2036      1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   2037      1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *) _arg;
   2038      1.1     skrll 
   2039      1.1     skrll   /* This should be a fresh entry created in elf_m68k_can_merge_gots.  */
   2040      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2041  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2042  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Get GOT offset size for the entry .  */
   2043      1.1     skrll   got_offset_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (entry->key_.type);
   2044  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2045  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Calculate entry size in bytes.  */
   2046      1.1     skrll   entry_size = 4 * elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2047  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2048  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Check if we should switch to negative range of the offsets. */
   2049  1.1.1.2  christos   if (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2050  1.1.1.2  christos       > arg->offset2[got_offset_size])
   2051  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2052  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Verify that this is the only switch to negative range for
   2053  1.1.1.2  christos 	 got_offset_size.  If this assertion fails, then we've miscalculated
   2054  1.1.1.2  christos 	 range for got_offset_size entries in
   2055  1.1.1.2  christos 	 elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets.  */
   2056  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset2[got_offset_size]
   2057  1.1.1.2  christos 		  != arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1]);
   2058  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2059  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Switch.  */
   2060  1.1.1.2  christos       arg->offset1[got_offset_size] = arg->offset1[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2061  1.1.1.2  christos       arg->offset2[got_offset_size] = arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2062  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2063  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Verify that now we have enough room for the entry.  */
   2064  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2065  1.1.1.2  christos 		  <= arg->offset2[got_offset_size]);
   2066  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2067  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2068  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Assign offset to entry.  */
   2069  1.1.1.2  christos   entry->u.s2.offset = arg->offset1[got_offset_size];
   2070      1.1     skrll   arg->offset1[got_offset_size] += entry_size;
   2071      1.1     skrll 
   2072      1.1     skrll   if (entry->key_.bfd == NULL)
   2073      1.1     skrll     /* Hook up this entry into the list of got_entries of H.  */
   2074      1.1     skrll     {
   2075      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2076      1.1     skrll 
   2077  1.1.1.2  christos       h = arg->symndx2h[entry->key_.symndx];
   2078  1.1.1.2  christos       if (h != NULL)
   2079  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2080  1.1.1.2  christos 	  entry->u.s2.next = h->glist;
   2081  1.1.1.2  christos 	  h->glist = entry;
   2082  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2083  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   2084  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* This should be the entry for TLS_LDM relocation then.  */
   2085  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2086  1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (entry->key_.type)
   2087  1.1.1.2  christos 		       == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   2088      1.1     skrll 		      && entry->key_.symndx == 0);
   2089  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2090  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++arg->n_ldm_entries;
   2091      1.1     skrll 	}
   2092      1.1     skrll     }
   2093      1.1     skrll   else
   2094      1.1     skrll     /* This entry is for local symbol.  */
   2095      1.1     skrll     entry->u.s2.next = NULL;
   2096      1.1     skrll 
   2097      1.1     skrll   return 1;
   2098      1.1     skrll }
   2099      1.1     skrll 
   2100      1.1     skrll /* Assign offsets within GOT.  USE_NEG_GOT_OFFSETS_P indicates if we
   2101      1.1     skrll    should use negative offsets.
   2102      1.1     skrll    Build list of GOT entries for global symbols along the way.
   2103  1.1.1.2  christos    SYMNDX2H is mapping from global symbol indices to actual
   2104  1.1.1.2  christos    global symbols.
   2105      1.1     skrll    Return offset at which next GOT should start.  */
   2106      1.1     skrll 
   2107      1.1     skrll static void
   2108      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2109  1.1.1.2  christos 			       bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p,
   2110  1.1.1.2  christos 			       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h,
   2111      1.1     skrll 			       bfd_vma *final_offset, bfd_vma *n_ldm_entries)
   2112      1.1     skrll {
   2113  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg arg_;
   2114  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma offset1_[2 * R_LAST];
   2115  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma offset2_[2 * R_LAST];
   2116  1.1.1.2  christos   int i;
   2117      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma start_offset;
   2118      1.1     skrll 
   2119      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   2120      1.1     skrll 
   2121      1.1     skrll   /* We set entry offsets relative to the .got section (and not the
   2122  1.1.1.2  christos      start of a particular GOT), so that we can use them in
   2123      1.1     skrll      finish_dynamic_symbol without needing to know the GOT which they come
   2124      1.1     skrll      from.  */
   2125  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2126  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Put offset1 in the middle of offset1_, same for offset2.  */
   2127  1.1.1.2  christos   arg_.offset1 = offset1_ + R_LAST;
   2128  1.1.1.2  christos   arg_.offset2 = offset2_ + R_LAST;
   2129  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2130  1.1.1.2  christos   start_offset = got->offset;
   2131      1.1     skrll 
   2132  1.1.1.2  christos   if (use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2133  1.1.1.2  christos     /* Setup both negative and positive ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2134  1.1.1.2  christos     i = -(int) R_32 - 1;
   2135  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   2136  1.1.1.2  christos     /* Setup positives ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2137  1.1.1.2  christos     i = (int) R_8;
   2138  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2139      1.1     skrll   for (; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2140  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2141      1.1     skrll       int j;
   2142      1.1     skrll       size_t n;
   2143  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2144  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Set beginning of the range of offsets I.  */
   2145      1.1     skrll       arg_.offset1[i] = start_offset;
   2146  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2147  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Calculate number of slots that require I offsets.  */
   2148  1.1.1.2  christos       j = (i >= 0) ? i : -i - 1;
   2149  1.1.1.2  christos       n = (j >= 1) ? got->n_slots[j - 1] : 0;
   2150  1.1.1.2  christos       n = got->n_slots[j] - n;
   2151  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2152  1.1.1.2  christos       if (use_neg_got_offsets_p && n != 0)
   2153  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2154  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (i < 0)
   2155  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* We first fill the positive side of the range, so we might
   2156  1.1.1.2  christos 	       end up with one empty slot at that side when we can't fit
   2157  1.1.1.2  christos 	       whole 2-slot entry.  Account for that at negative side of
   2158  1.1.1.2  christos 	       the interval with one additional entry.  */
   2159  1.1.1.2  christos 	    n = n / 2 + 1;
   2160  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   2161  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* When the number of slots is odd, make positive side of the
   2162  1.1.1.2  christos 	       range one entry bigger.  */
   2163  1.1.1.2  christos 	    n = (n + 1) / 2;
   2164      1.1     skrll 	}
   2165  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2166  1.1.1.2  christos       /* N is the number of slots that require I offsets.
   2167  1.1.1.2  christos 	 Calculate length of the range for I offsets.  */
   2168      1.1     skrll       n = 4 * n;
   2169  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2170  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Set end of the range.  */
   2171      1.1     skrll       arg_.offset2[i] = start_offset + n;
   2172  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2173      1.1     skrll       start_offset = arg_.offset2[i];
   2174      1.1     skrll     }
   2175  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2176  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2177  1.1.1.2  christos     /* Make sure that if we try to switch to negative offsets in
   2178  1.1.1.2  christos        elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, the assert therein will catch
   2179  1.1.1.2  christos        the bug.  */
   2180  1.1.1.2  christos     for (i = R_8; i <= R_32; ++i)
   2181      1.1     skrll       arg_.offset2[-i - 1] = arg_.offset2[i];
   2182  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2183  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Setup got->offset.  offset1[R_8] is either in the middle or at the
   2184  1.1.1.2  christos      beginning of GOT depending on use_neg_got_offsets_p.  */
   2185      1.1     skrll   got->offset = arg_.offset1[R_8];
   2186      1.1     skrll 
   2187  1.1.1.2  christos   arg_.symndx2h = symndx2h;
   2188      1.1     skrll   arg_.n_ldm_entries = 0;
   2189  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2190      1.1     skrll   /* Assign offsets.  */
   2191      1.1     skrll   htab_traverse (got->entries, elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, &arg_);
   2192  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2193  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Check offset ranges we have actually assigned.  */
   2194  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = (int) R_8; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2195      1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset2[i] - arg_.offset1[i] <= 4);
   2196  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2197  1.1.1.2  christos   *final_offset = start_offset;
   2198      1.1     skrll   *n_ldm_entries = arg_.n_ldm_entries;
   2199      1.1     skrll }
   2200      1.1     skrll 
   2201      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg
   2202      1.1     skrll {
   2203      1.1     skrll   /* The GOT we are adding entries to.  Aka big got.  */
   2204      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *current_got;
   2205      1.1     skrll 
   2206      1.1     skrll   /* Offset to assign the next CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2207      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
   2208      1.1     skrll 
   2209      1.1     skrll   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   2210      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2211  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2212      1.1     skrll   /* Total number of slots in the .got section.
   2213  1.1.1.2  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2214      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_slots;
   2215  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2216  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Difference in numbers of allocated slots in the .got section
   2217      1.1     skrll      and necessary relocations in the .rela.got section.
   2218  1.1.1.2  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .rela.got section.  */
   2219      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma slots_relas_diff;
   2220      1.1     skrll 
   2221      1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   2222      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   2223      1.1     skrll 
   2224      1.1     skrll   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2225      1.1     skrll      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2226      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2227      1.1     skrll };
   2228  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2229  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   2230  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg)
   2231  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2232  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2233  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2234  1.1.1.2  christos   elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (arg->current_got,
   2235  1.1.1.2  christos 				 (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)
   2236  1.1.1.2  christos 				  ->use_neg_got_offsets_p),
   2237  1.1.1.2  christos 				 arg->symndx2h,
   2238  1.1.1.2  christos 				 &arg->offset, &n_ldm_entries);
   2239  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2240  1.1.1.2  christos   arg->n_slots += arg->current_got->n_slots[R_32];
   2241  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2242  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!arg->info->shared)
   2243  1.1.1.2  christos     /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
   2244  1.1.1.2  christos        output a R_68K_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
   2245  1.1.1.2  christos        linker can adjust this GOT entry.  Overwise we
   2246  1.1.1.2  christos        don't need space in .rela.got for local symbols.  */
   2247  1.1.1.2  christos     arg->slots_relas_diff += arg->current_got->local_n_slots;
   2248  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2249  1.1.1.2  christos   /* @LDM relocations require a 2-slot GOT entry, but only
   2250  1.1.1.2  christos      one relocation.  Account for that.  */
   2251  1.1.1.2  christos   arg->slots_relas_diff += n_ldm_entries;
   2252  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2253  1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (arg->slots_relas_diff <= arg->n_slots);
   2254  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2255  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2256      1.1     skrll 
   2257      1.1     skrll /* Process a single BFD2GOT entry and either merge GOT to CURRENT_GOT
   2258      1.1     skrll    or start a new CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2259      1.1     skrll 
   2260      1.1     skrll static int
   2261      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (void **_entry, void *_arg)
   2262      1.1     skrll {
   2263      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   2264      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2265      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2266      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got diff_;
   2267      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   2268      1.1     skrll 
   2269      1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) *_entry;
   2270      1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2271      1.1     skrll 
   2272      1.1     skrll   got = entry->got;
   2273      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2274      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2275      1.1     skrll 
   2276      1.1     skrll   diff = NULL;
   2277      1.1     skrll 
   2278      1.1     skrll   if (arg->current_got != NULL)
   2279      1.1     skrll     /* Construct diff.  */
   2280      1.1     skrll     {
   2281  1.1.1.2  christos       diff = &diff_;
   2282      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_init_got (diff);
   2283      1.1     skrll 
   2284      1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (arg->current_got, got, arg->info, diff))
   2285      1.1     skrll 	{
   2286      1.1     skrll 	  if (diff->offset == 0)
   2287      1.1     skrll 	    /* Offset set to 0 in the diff_ indicates an error.  */
   2288      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2289      1.1     skrll 	      arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2290      1.1     skrll 	      goto final_return;
   2291      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2292      1.1     skrll 
   2293      1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)->allow_multigot_p)
   2294      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2295  1.1.1.2  christos 	      elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2296      1.1     skrll 	      /* Schedule to finish up current_got and start new one.  */
   2297      1.1     skrll 	      diff = NULL;
   2298      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2299      1.1     skrll 	  /* else
   2300      1.1     skrll 	     Merge GOTs no matter what.  If big GOT overflows,
   2301      1.1     skrll 	     we'll fail in relocate_section due to truncated relocations.
   2302      1.1     skrll 
   2303      1.1     skrll 	     ??? May be fail earlier?  E.g., in can_merge_gots.  */
   2304      1.1     skrll 	}
   2305      1.1     skrll     }
   2306      1.1     skrll   else
   2307      1.1     skrll     /* Diff of got against empty current_got is got itself.  */
   2308  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2309      1.1     skrll       /* Create empty current_got to put subsequent GOTs to.  */
   2310      1.1     skrll       arg->current_got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (arg->info);
   2311      1.1     skrll       if (arg->current_got == NULL)
   2312      1.1     skrll 	{
   2313      1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2314      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2315      1.1     skrll 	}
   2316      1.1     skrll 
   2317      1.1     skrll       arg->current_got->offset = arg->offset;
   2318      1.1     skrll 
   2319      1.1     skrll       diff = got;
   2320      1.1     skrll     }
   2321      1.1     skrll 
   2322      1.1     skrll   if (diff != NULL)
   2323  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2324      1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_merge_gots (arg->current_got, diff, arg->info))
   2325      1.1     skrll 	{
   2326      1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2327      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2328      1.1     skrll 	}
   2329      1.1     skrll 
   2330      1.1     skrll       /* Now we can free GOT.  */
   2331      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_clear_got (got);
   2332  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2333      1.1     skrll       entry->got = arg->current_got;
   2334      1.1     skrll     }
   2335      1.1     skrll   else
   2336      1.1     skrll     {
   2337  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Finish up current_got.  */
   2338      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (arg);
   2339  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2340  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Schedule to start a new current_got.  */
   2341      1.1     skrll       arg->current_got = NULL;
   2342      1.1     skrll 
   2343      1.1     skrll       /* Retry.  */
   2344      1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (_entry, _arg))
   2345      1.1     skrll 	{
   2346      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (arg->error_p);
   2347      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2348      1.1     skrll 	}
   2349      1.1     skrll     }
   2350      1.1     skrll 
   2351      1.1     skrll  final_return:
   2352      1.1     skrll   if (diff != NULL)
   2353      1.1     skrll     elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2354      1.1     skrll 
   2355      1.1     skrll   return arg->error_p == FALSE ? 1 : 0;
   2356      1.1     skrll }
   2357      1.1     skrll 
   2358      1.1     skrll /* Helper function to build symndx2h mapping.  */
   2359      1.1     skrll 
   2360      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2361      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *_h,
   2362      1.1     skrll 			  void *_arg)
   2363      1.1     skrll {
   2364      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2365      1.1     skrll 
   2366      1.1     skrll   h = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_h);
   2367      1.1     skrll 
   2368      1.1     skrll   if (h->got_entry_key != 0)
   2369      1.1     skrll     /* H has at least one entry in the GOT.  */
   2370      1.1     skrll     {
   2371      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2372      1.1     skrll 
   2373      1.1     skrll       arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2374      1.1     skrll 
   2375      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] == NULL);
   2376      1.1     skrll       arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] = h;
   2377      1.1     skrll     }
   2378      1.1     skrll 
   2379      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2380      1.1     skrll }
   2381      1.1     skrll 
   2382      1.1     skrll /* Merge GOTs of some BFDs, assign offsets to GOT entries and build
   2383      1.1     skrll    lists of GOT entries for global symbols.
   2384      1.1     skrll    Calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2385      1.1     skrll 
   2386      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2387      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2388      1.1     skrll {
   2389      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got;
   2390      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg arg_;
   2391      1.1     skrll 
   2392      1.1     skrll   multi_got = elf_m68k_multi_got (info);
   2393      1.1     skrll 
   2394      1.1     skrll   arg_.current_got = NULL;
   2395      1.1     skrll   arg_.offset = 0;
   2396  1.1.1.2  christos   arg_.info = info;
   2397  1.1.1.2  christos   arg_.n_slots = 0;
   2398      1.1     skrll   arg_.slots_relas_diff = 0;
   2399      1.1     skrll   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   2400      1.1     skrll 
   2401      1.1     skrll   if (multi_got->bfd2got != NULL)
   2402      1.1     skrll     {
   2403      1.1     skrll       /* Initialize symndx2h mapping.  */
   2404      1.1     skrll       {
   2405      1.1     skrll 	arg_.symndx2h = bfd_zmalloc (multi_got->global_symndx
   2406      1.1     skrll 				     * sizeof (*arg_.symndx2h));
   2407      1.1     skrll 	if (arg_.symndx2h == NULL)
   2408      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   2409      1.1     skrll 
   2410      1.1     skrll 	elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   2411      1.1     skrll 				elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1, &arg_);
   2412      1.1     skrll       }
   2413      1.1     skrll 
   2414      1.1     skrll       /* Partition.  */
   2415      1.1     skrll       htab_traverse (multi_got->bfd2got, elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1,
   2416      1.1     skrll 		     &arg_);
   2417      1.1     skrll       if (arg_.error_p)
   2418      1.1     skrll 	{
   2419      1.1     skrll 	  free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2420      1.1     skrll 	  arg_.symndx2h = NULL;
   2421      1.1     skrll 
   2422      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   2423      1.1     skrll 	}
   2424      1.1     skrll 
   2425  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Finish up last current_got.  */
   2426      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (&arg_);
   2427      1.1     skrll 
   2428      1.1     skrll       free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2429      1.1     skrll     }
   2430      1.1     skrll 
   2431      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj != NULL)
   2432      1.1     skrll     /* Set sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2433      1.1     skrll     {
   2434      1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   2435  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2436      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".got");
   2437  1.1.1.2  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2438      1.1     skrll 	s->size = arg_.offset;
   2439  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   2440      1.1     skrll 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset == 0);
   2441  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2442  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg_.slots_relas_diff <= arg_.n_slots);
   2443      1.1     skrll       arg_.n_slots -= arg_.slots_relas_diff;
   2444  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2445      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2446  1.1.1.2  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2447      1.1     skrll 	s->size = arg_.n_slots * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2448  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   2449      1.1     skrll 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.n_slots == 0);
   2450      1.1     skrll     }
   2451      1.1     skrll   else
   2452      1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL);
   2453      1.1     skrll 
   2454      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2455      1.1     skrll }
   2456      1.1     skrll 
   2457      1.1     skrll /* Specialized version of elf_m68k_get_got_entry that returns pointer
   2458      1.1     skrll    to hashtable slot, thus allowing removal of entry via
   2459      1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_remove_got_entry.  */
   2460      1.1     skrll 
   2461      1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry **
   2462      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2463      1.1     skrll 			     struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key)
   2464      1.1     skrll {
   2465      1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   2466      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   2467      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr;
   2468      1.1     skrll 
   2469      1.1     skrll   entry_.key_ = *key;
   2470      1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, NO_INSERT);
   2471      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (ptr != NULL);
   2472      1.1     skrll 
   2473      1.1     skrll   entry_ptr = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry **) ptr;
   2474      1.1     skrll 
   2475      1.1     skrll   return entry_ptr;
   2476      1.1     skrll }
   2477      1.1     skrll 
   2478      1.1     skrll /* Remove entry pointed to by ENTRY_PTR from GOT.  */
   2479      1.1     skrll 
   2480      1.1     skrll static void
   2481      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2482      1.1     skrll 			   struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr)
   2483      1.1     skrll {
   2484      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2485      1.1     skrll 
   2486      1.1     skrll   entry = *entry_ptr;
   2487      1.1     skrll 
   2488      1.1     skrll   /* Check that offsets have not been finalized yet.  */
   2489      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2490      1.1     skrll   /* Check that this entry is indeed unused.  */
   2491      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2492  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2493      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (got, entry->key_.type);
   2494      1.1     skrll 
   2495  1.1.1.2  christos   if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   2496  1.1.1.2  christos     got->local_n_slots -= elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2497  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2498      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   2499      1.1     skrll 
   2500      1.1     skrll   htab_clear_slot (got->entries, (void **) entry_ptr);
   2501      1.1     skrll }
   2502      1.1     skrll 
   2503      1.1     skrll /* Copy any information related to dynamic linking from a pre-existing
   2504      1.1     skrll    symbol to a newly created symbol.  Also called to copy flags and
   2505      1.1     skrll    other back-end info to a weakdef, in which case the symbol is not
   2506      1.1     skrll    newly created and plt/got refcounts and dynamic indices should not
   2507      1.1     skrll    be copied.  */
   2508      1.1     skrll 
   2509      1.1     skrll static void
   2510      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2511      1.1     skrll 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_dir,
   2512      1.1     skrll 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_ind)
   2513      1.1     skrll {
   2514      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *dir;
   2515      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *ind;
   2516      1.1     skrll 
   2517      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, _dir, _ind);
   2518      1.1     skrll 
   2519      1.1     skrll   if (_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2520      1.1     skrll     return;
   2521      1.1     skrll 
   2522      1.1     skrll   dir = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_dir);
   2523      1.1     skrll   ind = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_ind);
   2524  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2525  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
   2526  1.1.1.2  christos      definition will be against the target symbol.  */
   2527  1.1.1.2  christos   _dir->non_got_ref |= _ind->non_got_ref;
   2528      1.1     skrll 
   2529      1.1     skrll   /* We might have a direct symbol already having entries in the GOTs.
   2530      1.1     skrll      Update its key only in case indirect symbol has GOT entries and
   2531      1.1     skrll      assert that both indirect and direct symbols don't have GOT entries
   2532      1.1     skrll      at the same time.  */
   2533      1.1     skrll   if (ind->got_entry_key != 0)
   2534      1.1     skrll     {
   2535      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (dir->got_entry_key == 0);
   2536      1.1     skrll       /* Assert that GOTs aren't partioned yet.  */
   2537      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (ind->glist == NULL);
   2538      1.1     skrll 
   2539      1.1     skrll       dir->got_entry_key = ind->got_entry_key;
   2540      1.1     skrll       ind->got_entry_key = 0;
   2541      1.1     skrll     }
   2542      1.1     skrll }
   2543      1.1     skrll 
   2544      1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   2545      1.1     skrll    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
   2546      1.1     skrll    table.  */
   2547      1.1     skrll 
   2548  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   2549  1.1.1.3  christos elf_m68k_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   2550  1.1.1.3  christos 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2551  1.1.1.3  christos 		       asection *sec,
   2552      1.1     skrll 		       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2553      1.1     skrll {
   2554      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2555      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2556      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2557      1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2558      1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   2559      1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   2560      1.1     skrll   asection *srelgot;
   2561      1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   2562      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2563      1.1     skrll 
   2564      1.1     skrll   if (info->relocatable)
   2565      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2566      1.1     skrll 
   2567      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2568      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2569      1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2570      1.1     skrll 
   2571      1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   2572      1.1     skrll   srelgot = NULL;
   2573      1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   2574      1.1     skrll 
   2575      1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   2576      1.1     skrll 
   2577      1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2578      1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   2579      1.1     skrll     {
   2580      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2581      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2582      1.1     skrll 
   2583      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2584      1.1     skrll 
   2585      1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2586      1.1     skrll 	h = NULL;
   2587      1.1     skrll       else
   2588      1.1     skrll 	{
   2589      1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2590      1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2591      1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2592      1.1     skrll 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2593      1.1     skrll 	}
   2594      1.1     skrll 
   2595      1.1     skrll       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2596      1.1     skrll 	{
   2597      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   2598      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   2599      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   2600      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2601      1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2602      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   2603  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2604  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2605      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relative GOT relocations.  */
   2606      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   2607      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   2608  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   2609  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2610  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2611  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   2612  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   2613  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   2614  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   2615  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   2616  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   2617  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   2618  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   2619  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   2620  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   2621  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2622  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   2623  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2624  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2625  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_TLS_TPREL32
   2626  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && info->shared)
   2627  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* Do the special chorus for libraries with static TLS.  */
   2628  1.1.1.2  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   2629      1.1     skrll 
   2630      1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   2631      1.1     skrll 
   2632      1.1     skrll 	  if (dynobj == NULL)
   2633      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2634      1.1     skrll 	      /* Create the .got section.  */
   2635      1.1     skrll 	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
   2636      1.1     skrll 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   2637      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2638      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2639      1.1     skrll 
   2640      1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL)
   2641  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2642      1.1     skrll 	      sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   2643      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   2644      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2645      1.1     skrll 
   2646      1.1     skrll 	  if (srelgot == NULL
   2647      1.1     skrll 	      && (h != NULL || info->shared))
   2648  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2649      1.1     skrll 	      srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2650      1.1     skrll 	      if (srelgot == NULL)
   2651  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   2652  1.1.1.3  christos 		  flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2653  1.1.1.3  christos 				    | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2654  1.1.1.3  christos 				    | SEC_READONLY);
   2655  1.1.1.3  christos 		  srelgot = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
   2656  1.1.1.3  christos 								".rela.got",
   2657      1.1     skrll 								flags);
   2658      1.1     skrll 		  if (srelgot == NULL
   2659      1.1     skrll 		      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, srelgot, 2))
   2660      1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   2661      1.1     skrll 		}
   2662      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2663      1.1     skrll 
   2664      1.1     skrll 	  if (got == NULL)
   2665      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2666      1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   2667      1.1     skrll 
   2668      1.1     skrll 	      bfd2got_entry
   2669      1.1     skrll 		= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   2670      1.1     skrll 					      abfd, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   2671      1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd2got_entry == NULL)
   2672      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2673      1.1     skrll 
   2674      1.1     skrll 	      got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   2675      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2676      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2677      1.1     skrll 
   2678      1.1     skrll 	  {
   2679      1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   2680      1.1     skrll 
   2681      1.1     skrll 	    /* Add entry to got.  */
   2682      1.1     skrll 	    got_entry = elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (got, h, abfd,
   2683      1.1     skrll 						   ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
   2684      1.1     skrll 						   r_symndx, info);
   2685      1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry == NULL)
   2686      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   2687      1.1     skrll 
   2688      1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   2689      1.1     skrll 	      {
   2690      1.1     skrll 		/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2691      1.1     skrll 		if (h != NULL
   2692      1.1     skrll 		    && h->dynindx == -1
   2693      1.1     skrll 		    && !h->forced_local)
   2694      1.1     skrll 		  {
   2695      1.1     skrll 		    if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2696      1.1     skrll 		      return FALSE;
   2697      1.1     skrll 		  }
   2698      1.1     skrll 	      }
   2699      1.1     skrll 	  }
   2700      1.1     skrll 
   2701      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2702      1.1     skrll 
   2703      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   2704      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   2705      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   2706      1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   2707      1.1     skrll 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   2708      1.1     skrll              because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   2709      1.1     skrll              never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   2710      1.1     skrll              don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   2711      1.1     skrll              after all.  */
   2712      1.1     skrll 
   2713      1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   2714      1.1     skrll 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2715      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   2716      1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   2717      1.1     skrll 
   2718      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2719      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2720      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2721      1.1     skrll 
   2722      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   2723      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   2724      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   2725      1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2726      1.1     skrll 
   2727      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   2728      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2729      1.1     skrll 	      /* It does not make sense to have this relocation for a
   2730      1.1     skrll 		 local symbol.  FIXME: does it?  How to handle it if
   2731      1.1     skrll 		 it does make sense?  */
   2732      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2733      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   2734      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2735      1.1     skrll 
   2736      1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2737      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2738      1.1     skrll 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2739      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2740      1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2741      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2742      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2743      1.1     skrll 
   2744      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2745      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2746      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2747      1.1     skrll 
   2748      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC8:
   2749      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC16:
   2750      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC32:
   2751      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   2752      1.1     skrll 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   2753      1.1     skrll 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   2754      1.1     skrll 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   2755      1.1     skrll 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   2756      1.1     skrll 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   2757      1.1     skrll 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   2758      1.1     skrll 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
   2759      1.1     skrll 	     possibility below by storing information in the
   2760      1.1     skrll 	     pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry.  */
   2761      1.1     skrll 	  if (!(info->shared
   2762      1.1     skrll 		&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   2763      1.1     skrll 		&& h != NULL
   2764      1.1     skrll 		&& (!info->symbolic
   2765      1.1     skrll 		    || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   2766      1.1     skrll 		    || !h->def_regular)))
   2767      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2768      1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   2769      1.1     skrll 		{
   2770      1.1     skrll 		  /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if
   2771      1.1     skrll 		     it turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic
   2772      1.1     skrll 		     object.  */
   2773      1.1     skrll 		  h->plt.refcount++;
   2774      1.1     skrll 		}
   2775      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2776      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2777      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2778      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_8:
   2779      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_16:
   2780  1.1.1.3  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   2781  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
   2782  1.1.1.3  christos 	     the "real" output.  */
   2783  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   2784  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2785      1.1     skrll 
   2786      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   2787      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2788      1.1     skrll 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   2789      1.1     skrll 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   2790  1.1.1.2  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   2791  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2792  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (info->executable)
   2793  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* This symbol needs a non-GOT reference.  */
   2794      1.1     skrll 		h->non_got_ref = 1;
   2795      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2796      1.1     skrll 
   2797      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, we need to copy the
   2798  1.1.1.3  christos 	     reloc into the shared library.  */
   2799      1.1     skrll 	  if (info->shared)
   2800      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2801      1.1     skrll 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   2802      1.1     skrll 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
   2803      1.1     skrll 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
   2804      1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   2805  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   2806  1.1.1.2  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   2807      1.1     skrll 		    (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   2808      1.1     skrll 
   2809  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   2810      1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   2811      1.1     skrll 		}
   2812      1.1     skrll 
   2813      1.1     skrll 	      if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY
   2814      1.1     skrll 		  /* Don't set DF_TEXTREL yet for PC relative
   2815      1.1     skrll 		     relocations, they might be discarded later.  */
   2816      1.1     skrll 		  && !(ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2817      1.1     skrll 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2818      1.1     skrll 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32))
   2819      1.1     skrll 		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2820      1.1     skrll 
   2821      1.1     skrll 	      sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2822      1.1     skrll 
   2823      1.1     skrll 	      /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
   2824      1.1     skrll 		 entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
   2825      1.1     skrll 		 again if, in the -Bsymbolic case, the symbol is later
   2826      1.1     skrll 		 defined by a regular object, or, in the normal shared
   2827      1.1     skrll 		 case, the symbol is forced to be local.  Note that this
   2828      1.1     skrll 		 function is only called if we are using an m68kelf linker
   2829      1.1     skrll 		 hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to an
   2830      1.1     skrll 		 elf_m68k_link_hash_entry.  */
   2831      1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2832      1.1     skrll 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2833      1.1     skrll 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32)
   2834      1.1     skrll 		{
   2835      1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   2836      1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **head;
   2837      1.1     skrll 
   2838      1.1     skrll 		  if (h != NULL)
   2839      1.1     skrll 		    {
   2840      1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *eh
   2841      1.1     skrll 			= elf_m68k_hash_entry (h);
   2842      1.1     skrll 		      head = &eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   2843      1.1     skrll 		    }
   2844      1.1     skrll 		  else
   2845      1.1     skrll 		    {
   2846      1.1     skrll 		      asection *s;
   2847  1.1.1.2  christos 		      void *vpp;
   2848      1.1     skrll 		      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   2849  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2850  1.1.1.2  christos 		      isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->sym_cache,
   2851  1.1.1.2  christos 						    abfd, r_symndx);
   2852      1.1     skrll 		      if (isym == NULL)
   2853      1.1     skrll 			return FALSE;
   2854  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2855  1.1.1.2  christos 		      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   2856  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (s == NULL)
   2857  1.1.1.2  christos 			s = sec;
   2858      1.1     skrll 
   2859      1.1     skrll 		      vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   2860      1.1     skrll 		      head = (struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **) vpp;
   2861      1.1     skrll 		    }
   2862      1.1     skrll 
   2863      1.1     skrll 		  for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2864      1.1     skrll 		    if (p->section == sreloc)
   2865      1.1     skrll 		      break;
   2866      1.1     skrll 
   2867      1.1     skrll 		  if (p == NULL)
   2868      1.1     skrll 		    {
   2869      1.1     skrll 		      p = ((struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
   2870      1.1     skrll 			   bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
   2871      1.1     skrll 		      if (p == NULL)
   2872      1.1     skrll 			return FALSE;
   2873      1.1     skrll 		      p->next = *head;
   2874      1.1     skrll 		      *head = p;
   2875      1.1     skrll 		      p->section = sreloc;
   2876      1.1     skrll 		      p->count = 0;
   2877      1.1     skrll 		    }
   2878      1.1     skrll 
   2879      1.1     skrll 		  ++p->count;
   2880      1.1     skrll 		}
   2881      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2882      1.1     skrll 
   2883      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2884      1.1     skrll 
   2885      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   2886      1.1     skrll 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   2887      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2888      1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   2889      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2890      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2891      1.1     skrll 
   2892      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   2893      1.1     skrll 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   2894      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2895      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   2896      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2897      1.1     skrll 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   2898      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2899      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2900      1.1     skrll 
   2901      1.1     skrll 	default:
   2902      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2903      1.1     skrll 	}
   2904      1.1     skrll     }
   2905      1.1     skrll 
   2906      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2907      1.1     skrll }
   2908      1.1     skrll 
   2909      1.1     skrll /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   2910      1.1     skrll    relocation.  */
   2911      1.1     skrll 
   2912      1.1     skrll static asection *
   2913      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   2914      1.1     skrll 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2915      1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2916      1.1     skrll 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2917      1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2918      1.1     skrll {
   2919      1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   2920      1.1     skrll     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2921      1.1     skrll       {
   2922      1.1     skrll       case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2923      1.1     skrll       case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2924      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   2925      1.1     skrll       }
   2926      1.1     skrll 
   2927      1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   2928      1.1     skrll }
   2929      1.1     skrll 
   2930      1.1     skrll /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
   2931      1.1     skrll 
   2932      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2933      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
   2934      1.1     skrll 			struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2935      1.1     skrll 			asection *sec,
   2936      1.1     skrll 			const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2937      1.1     skrll {
   2938      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2939      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2940      1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   2941      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2942      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2943      1.1     skrll 
   2944      1.1     skrll   if (info->relocatable)
   2945      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2946      1.1     skrll 
   2947      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2948      1.1     skrll   if (dynobj == NULL)
   2949      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2950      1.1     skrll 
   2951      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2952      1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2953      1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   2954      1.1     skrll 
   2955      1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2956      1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
   2957      1.1     skrll     {
   2958      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2959      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   2960      1.1     skrll 
   2961      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2962      1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2963      1.1     skrll 	{
   2964      1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2965      1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2966      1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2967      1.1     skrll 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2968      1.1     skrll 	}
   2969      1.1     skrll 
   2970      1.1     skrll       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2971      1.1     skrll 	{
   2972      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   2973      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   2974      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   2975      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2976      1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2977      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   2978      1.1     skrll 
   2979      1.1     skrll 	  /* FALLTHRU */
   2980      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   2981      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   2982  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   2983  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2984  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2985  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   2986  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   2987  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   2988  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   2989  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   2990  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   2991  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   2992  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   2993  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   2994  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   2995  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2996  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   2997  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2998      1.1     skrll 
   2999      1.1     skrll 	  if (got == NULL)
   3000      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3001      1.1     skrll 	      got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3002      1.1     skrll 						abfd, MUST_FIND, NULL)->got;
   3003      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3004      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3005      1.1     skrll 
   3006      1.1     skrll 	  {
   3007      1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3008      1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry **got_entry_ptr;
   3009      1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   3010  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3011  1.1.1.2  christos 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, r_symndx,
   3012      1.1     skrll 					 ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info));
   3013      1.1     skrll 	    got_entry_ptr = elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (got, &key_);
   3014      1.1     skrll 
   3015      1.1     skrll 	    got_entry = *got_entry_ptr;
   3016      1.1     skrll 
   3017      1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount > 0)
   3018      1.1     skrll 	      {
   3019      1.1     skrll 		--got_entry->u.s1.refcount;
   3020      1.1     skrll 
   3021      1.1     skrll 		if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 0)
   3022      1.1     skrll 		  /* We don't need the .got entry any more.  */
   3023      1.1     skrll 		  elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (got, got_entry_ptr);
   3024      1.1     skrll 	      }
   3025      1.1     skrll 	  }
   3026      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3027      1.1     skrll 
   3028      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3029      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3030      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3031      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   3032      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   3033      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   3034      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC8:
   3035      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC16:
   3036      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC32:
   3037      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_8:
   3038      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_16:
   3039      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_32:
   3040      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3041      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3042      1.1     skrll 	      if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
   3043      1.1     skrll 		--h->plt.refcount;
   3044      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3045      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3046      1.1     skrll 
   3047      1.1     skrll 	default:
   3048      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3049      1.1     skrll 	}
   3050      1.1     skrll     }
   3051      1.1     skrll 
   3052      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3053      1.1     skrll }
   3054      1.1     skrll 
   3055      1.1     skrll /* Return the type of PLT associated with OUTPUT_BFD.  */
   3057      1.1     skrll 
   3058      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *
   3059      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_plt_info (bfd *output_bfd)
   3060      1.1     skrll {
   3061      1.1     skrll   unsigned int features;
   3062      1.1     skrll 
   3063      1.1     skrll   features = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd));
   3064      1.1     skrll   if (features & cpu32)
   3065      1.1     skrll     return &elf_cpu32_plt_info;
   3066      1.1     skrll   if (features & mcfisa_b)
   3067      1.1     skrll     return &elf_isab_plt_info;
   3068      1.1     skrll   if (features & mcfisa_c)
   3069      1.1     skrll     return &elf_isac_plt_info;
   3070      1.1     skrll   return &elf_m68k_plt_info;
   3071      1.1     skrll }
   3072      1.1     skrll 
   3073      1.1     skrll /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
   3074      1.1     skrll    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
   3075      1.1     skrll    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
   3076      1.1     skrll 
   3077      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3078      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3079      1.1     skrll {
   3080      1.1     skrll   /* Bind input BFDs to GOTs and calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got
   3081      1.1     skrll      sections.  */
   3082      1.1     skrll   if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (info))
   3083      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3084      1.1     skrll 
   3085      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info = elf_m68k_get_plt_info (output_bfd);
   3086      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3087      1.1     skrll }
   3088      1.1     skrll 
   3089      1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   3090      1.1     skrll    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   3091      1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   3092      1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   3093      1.1     skrll    understand.  */
   3094  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3095  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3096      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3097      1.1     skrll 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   3098      1.1     skrll {
   3099      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   3100      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3101      1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   3102      1.1     skrll 
   3103      1.1     skrll   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   3104      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3105      1.1     skrll 
   3106      1.1     skrll   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   3107      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   3108      1.1     skrll 	      && (h->needs_plt
   3109      1.1     skrll 		  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
   3110      1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   3111      1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   3112      1.1     skrll 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   3113      1.1     skrll 
   3114      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   3115      1.1     skrll      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   3116      1.1     skrll      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   3117      1.1     skrll   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   3118      1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt)
   3119      1.1     skrll     {
   3120      1.1     skrll       if ((h->plt.refcount <= 0
   3121      1.1     skrll            || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   3122      1.1     skrll 	   || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   3123      1.1     skrll 	       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3124      1.1     skrll 	  /* We must always create the plt entry if it was referenced
   3125      1.1     skrll 	     by a PLTxxO relocation.  In this case we already recorded
   3126      1.1     skrll 	     it as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3127      1.1     skrll 	  && h->dynindx == -1)
   3128      1.1     skrll 	{
   3129      1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLTxx reloc in an input
   3130      1.1     skrll 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   3131      1.1     skrll 	     object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
   3132      1.1     skrll 	     such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
   3133      1.1     skrll 	     linkage table, and we can just do a PCxx reloc instead.  */
   3134      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3135      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   3136      1.1     skrll 	  return TRUE;
   3137      1.1     skrll 	}
   3138      1.1     skrll 
   3139      1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3140      1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   3141      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3142      1.1     skrll 	{
   3143      1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3144      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3145  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3146      1.1     skrll 
   3147      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   3148      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3149      1.1     skrll 
   3150      1.1     skrll       /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   3151      1.1     skrll 	 first entry.  */
   3152      1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3153      1.1     skrll 	s->size = htab->plt_info->size;
   3154      1.1     skrll 
   3155      1.1     skrll       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   3156      1.1     skrll 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   3157      1.1     skrll 	 location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   3158      1.1     skrll 	 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   3159      1.1     skrll 	 the shared library.  */
   3160      1.1     skrll       if (!info->shared
   3161      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->def_regular)
   3162      1.1     skrll 	{
   3163      1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
   3164      1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
   3165      1.1     skrll 	}
   3166      1.1     skrll 
   3167      1.1     skrll       h->plt.offset = s->size;
   3168      1.1     skrll 
   3169      1.1     skrll       /* Make room for this entry.  */
   3170      1.1     skrll       s->size += htab->plt_info->size;
   3171      1.1     skrll 
   3172  1.1.1.3  christos       /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   3173      1.1     skrll 	 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   3174      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   3175      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3176      1.1     skrll       s->size += 4;
   3177  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3178      1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   3179      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   3180      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3181      1.1     skrll       s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3182      1.1     skrll 
   3183      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3184      1.1     skrll     }
   3185      1.1     skrll 
   3186      1.1     skrll   /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
   3187      1.1     skrll      count any more.  */
   3188      1.1     skrll   h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3189      1.1     skrll 
   3190      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   3191      1.1     skrll      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   3192      1.1     skrll      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   3193      1.1     skrll   if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
   3194      1.1     skrll     {
   3195      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3196      1.1     skrll 		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
   3197      1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
   3198      1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
   3199      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3200      1.1     skrll     }
   3201      1.1     skrll 
   3202      1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   3203      1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   3204      1.1     skrll 
   3205      1.1     skrll   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   3206      1.1     skrll      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   3207      1.1     skrll      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   3208      1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   3209      1.1     skrll   if (info->shared)
   3210  1.1.1.2  christos     return TRUE;
   3211  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3212  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   3213  1.1.1.2  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   3214  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   3215      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   3216      1.1     skrll 
   3217      1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   3218      1.1     skrll      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   3219      1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   3220      1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   3221      1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   3222      1.1     skrll      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   3223      1.1     skrll      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   3224      1.1     skrll      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   3225  1.1.1.3  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   3226      1.1     skrll 
   3227      1.1     skrll   s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss");
   3228      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3229      1.1     skrll 
   3230      1.1     skrll   /* We must generate a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   3231      1.1     skrll      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   3232  1.1.1.3  christos      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   3233      1.1     skrll      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   3234      1.1     skrll   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   3235      1.1     skrll     {
   3236  1.1.1.3  christos       asection *srel;
   3237      1.1     skrll 
   3238      1.1     skrll       srel = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   3239      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   3240      1.1     skrll       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3241      1.1     skrll       h->needs_copy = 1;
   3242      1.1     skrll     }
   3243      1.1     skrll 
   3244      1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
   3245      1.1     skrll }
   3246      1.1     skrll 
   3247      1.1     skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3248  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3249  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3250      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3251      1.1     skrll 				struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3252      1.1     skrll {
   3253      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3254      1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   3255      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean plt;
   3256      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean relocs;
   3257      1.1     skrll 
   3258      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3259      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3260      1.1     skrll 
   3261      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3262      1.1     skrll     {
   3263      1.1     skrll       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3264  1.1.1.3  christos       if (info->executable)
   3265      1.1     skrll 	{
   3266      1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   3267      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3268      1.1     skrll 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3269      1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3270      1.1     skrll 	}
   3271      1.1     skrll     }
   3272      1.1     skrll   else
   3273      1.1     skrll     {
   3274      1.1     skrll       /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
   3275      1.1     skrll 	 However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
   3276      1.1     skrll 	 not actually use these entries.  Reset the size of .rela.got,
   3277  1.1.1.3  christos 	 which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
   3278      1.1     skrll 	 below.  */
   3279      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3280      1.1     skrll       if (s != NULL)
   3281      1.1     skrll 	s->size = 0;
   3282      1.1     skrll     }
   3283      1.1     skrll 
   3284      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
   3285      1.1     skrll      PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
   3286      1.1     skrll      For the normal shared case we discard the PC relative relocs
   3287      1.1     skrll      against symbols that have become local due to visibility changes.
   3288      1.1     skrll      We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
   3289      1.1     skrll      will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine.  */
   3290      1.1     skrll   if (info->shared)
   3291  1.1.1.3  christos     elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   3292      1.1     skrll 			    elf_m68k_discard_copies,
   3293      1.1     skrll 			    info);
   3294      1.1     skrll 
   3295      1.1     skrll   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   3296      1.1     skrll      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   3297      1.1     skrll      memory for them.  */
   3298      1.1     skrll   plt = FALSE;
   3299      1.1     skrll   relocs = FALSE;
   3300      1.1     skrll   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3301      1.1     skrll     {
   3302      1.1     skrll       const char *name;
   3303      1.1     skrll 
   3304      1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3305      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3306      1.1     skrll 
   3307      1.1     skrll       /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
   3308      1.1     skrll 	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
   3309      1.1     skrll       name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
   3310      1.1     skrll 
   3311      1.1     skrll       if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
   3312      1.1     skrll 	{
   3313      1.1     skrll 	  /* Remember whether there is a PLT.  */
   3314      1.1     skrll 	  plt = s->size != 0;
   3315      1.1     skrll 	}
   3316      1.1     skrll       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
   3317      1.1     skrll 	{
   3318      1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0)
   3319      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3320      1.1     skrll 	      relocs = TRUE;
   3321      1.1     skrll 
   3322      1.1     skrll 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3323      1.1     skrll 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3324      1.1     skrll 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   3325      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3326      1.1     skrll 	}
   3327      1.1     skrll       else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
   3328      1.1     skrll 	       && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
   3329      1.1     skrll 	{
   3330      1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3331      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3332      1.1     skrll 	}
   3333      1.1     skrll 
   3334      1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3335      1.1     skrll 	{
   3336      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3337      1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3338      1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3339      1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3340      1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3341      1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3342      1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3343      1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3344      1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   3345      1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3346      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3347      1.1     skrll 	}
   3348      1.1     skrll 
   3349      1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3350      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3351      1.1     skrll 
   3352      1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
   3353      1.1     skrll       /* FIXME: This should be a call to bfd_alloc not bfd_zalloc.
   3354      1.1     skrll 	 Unused entries should be reclaimed before the section's contents
   3355      1.1     skrll 	 are written out, but at the moment this does not happen.  Thus in
   3356      1.1     skrll 	 order to prevent writing out garbage, we initialise the section's
   3357      1.1     skrll 	 contents to zero.  */
   3358      1.1     skrll       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3359      1.1     skrll       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3360      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3361      1.1     skrll     }
   3362      1.1     skrll 
   3363      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3364      1.1     skrll     {
   3365      1.1     skrll       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   3366      1.1     skrll 	 values later, in elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   3367      1.1     skrll 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   3368      1.1     skrll 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   3369      1.1     skrll 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   3370      1.1     skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   3371      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   3372      1.1     skrll 
   3373      1.1     skrll       if (!info->shared)
   3374      1.1     skrll 	{
   3375      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   3376      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3377      1.1     skrll 	}
   3378      1.1     skrll 
   3379      1.1     skrll       if (plt)
   3380      1.1     skrll 	{
   3381      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   3382      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   3383      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   3384      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   3385      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3386      1.1     skrll 	}
   3387      1.1     skrll 
   3388      1.1     skrll       if (relocs)
   3389      1.1     skrll 	{
   3390      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   3391      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   3392      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   3393      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3394      1.1     skrll 	}
   3395      1.1     skrll 
   3396      1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   3397      1.1     skrll 	{
   3398      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   3399      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3400      1.1     skrll 	}
   3401      1.1     skrll     }
   3402      1.1     skrll #undef add_dynamic_entry
   3403      1.1     skrll 
   3404      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3405      1.1     skrll }
   3406      1.1     skrll 
   3407      1.1     skrll /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse if we are
   3408      1.1     skrll    creating a shared object.  In the -Bsymbolic case it discards the
   3409      1.1     skrll    space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
   3410      1.1     skrll    are defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, it
   3411      1.1     skrll    discards space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to
   3412      1.1     skrll    symbol visibility changes.  We allocated space for them in the
   3413      1.1     skrll    check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
   3414      1.1     skrll    relocate_section routine.
   3415      1.1     skrll 
   3416      1.1     skrll    We also check whether any of the remaining relocations apply
   3417      1.1     skrll    against a readonly section, and set the DF_TEXTREL flag in this
   3418      1.1     skrll    case.  */
   3419  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3420  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3421      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   3422      1.1     skrll 			 void * inf)
   3423      1.1     skrll {
   3424      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3425  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
   3426      1.1     skrll 
   3427      1.1     skrll   if (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3428      1.1     skrll     {
   3429      1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   3430      1.1     skrll 	{
   3431      1.1     skrll 	  /* Look for relocations against read-only sections.  */
   3432      1.1     skrll 	  for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3433      1.1     skrll 	       s != NULL;
   3434      1.1     skrll 	       s = s->next)
   3435      1.1     skrll 	    if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3436      1.1     skrll 	      {
   3437      1.1     skrll 		info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3438      1.1     skrll 		break;
   3439      1.1     skrll 	      }
   3440  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3441  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3442  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic symbol
   3443  1.1.1.3  christos 	 in PIEs.  */
   3444  1.1.1.3  christos       if (h->non_got_ref
   3445  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3446  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3447  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && h->dynindx == -1
   3448  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3449  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3450  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3451  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3452      1.1     skrll 	}
   3453      1.1     skrll 
   3454      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3455      1.1     skrll     }
   3456      1.1     skrll 
   3457      1.1     skrll   for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3458      1.1     skrll        s != NULL;
   3459      1.1     skrll        s = s->next)
   3460      1.1     skrll     s->section->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3461      1.1     skrll 
   3462      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3463  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3464  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3465  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3466  1.1.1.2  christos /* Install relocation RELA.  */
   3467  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3468  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   3469  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_install_rela (bfd *output_bfd,
   3470  1.1.1.2  christos 		       asection *srela,
   3471  1.1.1.2  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   3472  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3473  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   3474  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3475  1.1.1.2  christos   loc = srela->contents;
   3476  1.1.1.2  christos   loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3477  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, rela, loc);
   3478  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3479  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3480  1.1.1.2  christos /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
   3481  1.1.1.2  christos    for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively.  */
   3482  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3483  1.1.1.2  christos #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
   3484  1.1.1.2  christos #define TP_OFFSET  0x7000
   3485  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3486  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   3487  1.1.1.2  christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3488  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3489  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3490  1.1.1.2  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3491  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   3492  1.1.1.2  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   3493  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3494  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3495  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   3496  1.1.1.2  christos tpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3497  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3498  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3499  1.1.1.2  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3500  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   3501  1.1.1.2  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
   3502  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3503  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3504  1.1.1.2  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a symbol during static link.
   3505  1.1.1.2  christos    This function is called from elf_m68k_relocate_section.  */
   3506  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3507  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   3508  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3509  1.1.1.2  christos 				bfd *output_bfd,
   3510  1.1.1.2  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3511  1.1.1.2  christos 				asection *sgot,
   3512  1.1.1.2  christos 				bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3513  1.1.1.2  christos 				bfd_vma relocation)
   3514  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3515  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3516  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3517  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3518  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3519  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3520  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3521  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3522  1.1.1.2  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3523  1.1.1.2  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3524  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3525  1.1.1.2  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3526  1.1.1.2  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3527  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3528  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3529  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Mark it as belonging to module 1, the executable.  */
   3530  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3531  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3532  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3533  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3534  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - tpoff_base (info),
   3535  1.1.1.2  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3536  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3537  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3538  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   3539  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3540  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3541  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3542  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3543  1.1.1.2  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a local symbol
   3544  1.1.1.2  christos    during dynamic link.
   3545  1.1.1.2  christos    This function is called either from elf_m68k_relocate_section
   3546  1.1.1.2  christos    or from elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
   3547  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3548  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   3549  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3550  1.1.1.2  christos 				      bfd *output_bfd,
   3551  1.1.1.2  christos 				      enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3552  1.1.1.2  christos 				      asection *sgot,
   3553  1.1.1.2  christos 				      bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3554  1.1.1.2  christos 				      bfd_vma relocation,
   3555  1.1.1.2  christos 				      asection *srela)
   3556  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3557  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3558  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3559  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3560  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3561  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3562  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Emit RELATIVE relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3563  1.1.1.2  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3564  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   3565  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3566  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3567  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3568  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3569  1.1.1.2  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3570  1.1.1.2  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3571  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3572  1.1.1.2  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3573  1.1.1.2  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3574  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3575  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3576  1.1.1.2  christos       /* We don't know the module number,
   3577  1.1.1.2  christos 	 create a relocation for it.  */
   3578  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   3579  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3580  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3581  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3582  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3583  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Emit TPREL relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3584  1.1.1.2  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3585  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   3586  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   3587  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3588  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3589  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   3590  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3591  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3592  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3593  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Offset of the GOT entry.  */
   3594  1.1.1.2  christos   outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   3595  1.1.1.2  christos 		     + sgot->output_offset
   3596  1.1.1.2  christos 		     + got_entry_offset);
   3597  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3598  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Install one of the above relocations.  */
   3599  1.1.1.2  christos   elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &outrel);
   3600  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3601  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3602      1.1     skrll }
   3603      1.1     skrll 
   3604      1.1     skrll /* Relocate an M68K ELF section.  */
   3605  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3606  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3607  1.1.1.3  christos elf_m68k_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
   3608  1.1.1.3  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3609  1.1.1.3  christos 			   bfd *input_bfd,
   3610  1.1.1.3  christos 			   asection *input_section,
   3611  1.1.1.3  christos 			   bfd_byte *contents,
   3612  1.1.1.3  christos 			   Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3613      1.1     skrll 			   Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3614      1.1     skrll 			   asection **local_sections)
   3615      1.1     skrll {
   3616      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3617      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3618      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3619      1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   3620  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *splt;
   3621      1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   3622      1.1     skrll   asection *srela;
   3623      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   3624      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   3625      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   3626      1.1     skrll 
   3627      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3628      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   3629      1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3630      1.1     skrll 
   3631      1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   3632  1.1.1.2  christos   splt = NULL;
   3633      1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   3634      1.1     skrll   srela = NULL;
   3635      1.1     skrll 
   3636      1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   3637      1.1     skrll 
   3638      1.1     skrll   rel = relocs;
   3639      1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3640      1.1     skrll   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   3641      1.1     skrll     {
   3642      1.1     skrll       int r_type;
   3643      1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3644      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3645      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3646      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3647      1.1     skrll       asection *sec;
   3648      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma relocation;
   3649      1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   3650      1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3651      1.1     skrll 
   3652      1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3653      1.1     skrll       if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_68K_max)
   3654      1.1     skrll 	{
   3655      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3656      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3657      1.1     skrll 	}
   3658      1.1     skrll       howto = howto_table + r_type;
   3659      1.1     skrll 
   3660      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3661      1.1     skrll 
   3662      1.1     skrll       h = NULL;
   3663      1.1     skrll       sym = NULL;
   3664      1.1     skrll       sec = NULL;
   3665      1.1     skrll       unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3666      1.1     skrll 
   3667      1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3668      1.1     skrll 	{
   3669      1.1     skrll 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3670      1.1     skrll 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3671      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3672      1.1     skrll 	}
   3673      1.1     skrll       else
   3674      1.1     skrll 	{
   3675      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_boolean warned;
   3676      1.1     skrll 
   3677      1.1     skrll 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   3678      1.1     skrll 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3679      1.1     skrll 				   h, sec, relocation,
   3680      1.1     skrll 				   unresolved_reloc, warned);
   3681  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3682  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3683  1.1.1.3  christos       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3684      1.1     skrll 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3685      1.1     skrll 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   3686      1.1     skrll 
   3687      1.1     skrll       if (info->relocatable)
   3688      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3689      1.1     skrll 
   3690      1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   3691      1.1     skrll 	{
   3692      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   3693      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   3694      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   3695      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the address of the entry for this symbol
   3696      1.1     skrll 	     in the global offset table.  */
   3697      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   3698      1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3699      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3700      1.1     skrll 	      if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3701      1.1     skrll 		{
   3702      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma sgot_output_offset;
   3703      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma got_offset;
   3704      1.1     skrll 
   3705  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (sgot == NULL)
   3706      1.1     skrll 		    {
   3707      1.1     skrll 		      sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   3708      1.1     skrll 
   3709      1.1     skrll 		      if (sgot != NULL)
   3710      1.1     skrll 			sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3711      1.1     skrll 		      else
   3712      1.1     skrll 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3713      1.1     skrll 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but the GOT itself is
   3714      1.1     skrll 			   empty.
   3715      1.1     skrll 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3716      1.1     skrll 			sgot_output_offset = 0;
   3717      1.1     skrll 		    }
   3718      1.1     skrll 		  else
   3719      1.1     skrll 		    sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3720      1.1     skrll 
   3721      1.1     skrll 		  if (got == NULL)
   3722      1.1     skrll 		    {
   3723      1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   3724      1.1     skrll 
   3725      1.1     skrll 		      bfd2got_entry
   3726      1.1     skrll 			= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3727      1.1     skrll 						      input_bfd, SEARCH, NULL);
   3728      1.1     skrll 
   3729      1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd2got_entry != NULL)
   3730      1.1     skrll 			{
   3731      1.1     skrll 			  got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   3732      1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3733      1.1     skrll 
   3734      1.1     skrll 			  got_offset = got->offset;
   3735      1.1     skrll 			}
   3736      1.1     skrll 		      else
   3737      1.1     skrll 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3738      1.1     skrll 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but no other references
   3739      1.1     skrll 			   accessing any GOT entries.
   3740      1.1     skrll 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3741      1.1     skrll 			got_offset = 0;
   3742      1.1     skrll 		    }
   3743      1.1     skrll 		  else
   3744      1.1     skrll 		    got_offset = got->offset;
   3745      1.1     skrll 
   3746      1.1     skrll 		  /* Adjust GOT pointer to point to the GOT
   3747      1.1     skrll 		     assigned to input_bfd.  */
   3748      1.1     skrll 		  rel->r_addend += sgot_output_offset + got_offset;
   3749      1.1     skrll 		}
   3750      1.1     skrll 	      else
   3751      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (got == NULL || got->offset == 0);
   3752      1.1     skrll 
   3753      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3754      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3755      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3756      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   3757  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   3758  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3759  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3760  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3761  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   3762  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   3763  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3764  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   3765  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   3766  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3767  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3768  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   3769  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   3770      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3771      1.1     skrll 
   3772      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3773      1.1     skrll 	     the global offset table.  */
   3774      1.1     skrll 
   3775      1.1     skrll 	  {
   3776      1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3777      1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma *off_ptr;
   3778      1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma off;
   3779      1.1     skrll 
   3780  1.1.1.3  christos 	    if (sgot == NULL)
   3781      1.1     skrll 	      {
   3782      1.1     skrll 		sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   3783      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   3784      1.1     skrll 	      }
   3785      1.1     skrll 
   3786      1.1     skrll 	    if (got == NULL)
   3787      1.1     skrll 	      {
   3788      1.1     skrll 		got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3789      1.1     skrll 						  input_bfd, MUST_FIND,
   3790      1.1     skrll 						  NULL)->got;
   3791      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3792      1.1     skrll 	      }
   3793  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3794  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* Get GOT offset for this symbol.  */
   3795      1.1     skrll 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, input_bfd, r_symndx,
   3796      1.1     skrll 					 r_type);
   3797      1.1     skrll 	    off_ptr = &elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, MUST_FIND,
   3798      1.1     skrll 					       NULL)->u.s2.offset;
   3799  1.1.1.2  christos 	    off = *off_ptr;
   3800  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3801  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   3802  1.1.1.2  christos 	       the least significant bit to record whether we have
   3803  1.1.1.2  christos 	       already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   3804  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3805      1.1     skrll 	      off &= ~1;
   3806  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   3807  1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   3808  1.1.1.2  christos 		if (h != NULL
   3809  1.1.1.2  christos 		    /* @TLSLDM relocations are bounded to the module, in
   3810  1.1.1.2  christos 		       which the symbol is defined -- not to the symbol
   3811      1.1     skrll 		       itself.  */
   3812  1.1.1.2  christos 		    && elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) != R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   3813  1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   3814  1.1.1.2  christos 		    bfd_boolean dyn;
   3815  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3816  1.1.1.2  christos 		    dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   3817  1.1.1.2  christos 		    if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
   3818  1.1.1.2  christos 			|| (info->shared
   3819  1.1.1.2  christos 			    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3820      1.1     skrll 			|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
   3821  1.1.1.2  christos 			    && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3822  1.1.1.2  christos 		      {
   3823  1.1.1.2  christos 			/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3824  1.1.1.2  christos 			   -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3825  1.1.1.2  christos 			   locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3826  1.1.1.2  christos 			   because of a version file.  We must initialize
   3827  1.1.1.2  christos 			   this entry in the global offset table.  Since
   3828  1.1.1.2  christos 			   the offset must always be a multiple of 4, we
   3829  1.1.1.2  christos 			   use the least significant bit to record whether
   3830  1.1.1.2  christos 			   we have initialized it already.
   3831  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3832  1.1.1.2  christos 			   When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   3833  1.1.1.2  christos 			   relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   3834  1.1.1.2  christos 			   is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   3835  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3836  1.1.1.2  christos 			elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3837  1.1.1.2  christos 							output_bfd,
   3838  1.1.1.2  christos 							r_type,
   3839  1.1.1.2  christos 							sgot,
   3840  1.1.1.2  christos 							off,
   3841      1.1     skrll 							relocation);
   3842      1.1     skrll 
   3843  1.1.1.2  christos 			*off_ptr |= 1;
   3844  1.1.1.2  christos 		      }
   3845      1.1     skrll 		    else
   3846  1.1.1.2  christos 		      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3847  1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   3848      1.1     skrll 		else if (info->shared) /* && h == NULL */
   3849  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* Process local symbol during dynamic link.  */
   3850      1.1     skrll 		  {
   3851  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (srela == NULL)
   3852  1.1.1.2  christos 		      {
   3853      1.1     skrll 			srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3854      1.1     skrll 			BFD_ASSERT (srela != NULL);
   3855  1.1.1.2  christos 		      }
   3856  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3857  1.1.1.2  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   3858  1.1.1.2  christos 							  output_bfd,
   3859  1.1.1.2  christos 							  r_type,
   3860  1.1.1.2  christos 							  sgot,
   3861  1.1.1.2  christos 							  off,
   3862  1.1.1.2  christos 							  relocation,
   3863  1.1.1.2  christos 							  srela);
   3864  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3865  1.1.1.2  christos 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3866  1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   3867  1.1.1.2  christos 		else /* h == NULL && !info->shared */
   3868  1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   3869  1.1.1.2  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3870  1.1.1.2  christos 						    output_bfd,
   3871  1.1.1.2  christos 						    r_type,
   3872  1.1.1.2  christos 						    sgot,
   3873  1.1.1.2  christos 						    off,
   3874      1.1     skrll 						    relocation);
   3875      1.1     skrll 
   3876      1.1     skrll 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3877      1.1     skrll 		  }
   3878  1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   3879  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3880  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* We don't use elf_m68k_reloc_got_type in the condition below
   3881  1.1.1.2  christos 	       because this is the only place where difference between
   3882      1.1     skrll 	       R_68K_GOTx and R_68K_GOTxO relocations matters.  */
   3883  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (r_type == R_68K_GOT32O
   3884  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT16O
   3885  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT8O
   3886  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_GD32
   3887      1.1     skrll 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32
   3888      1.1     skrll 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_IE32)
   3889      1.1     skrll 	      {
   3890      1.1     skrll 		/* GOT pointer is adjusted to point to the start/middle
   3891      1.1     skrll 		   of local GOT.  Adjust the offset accordingly.  */
   3892      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->use_neg_got_offsets_p
   3893      1.1     skrll 			    || off >= got->offset);
   3894      1.1     skrll 
   3895      1.1     skrll 		if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3896      1.1     skrll 		  relocation = off - got->offset;
   3897      1.1     skrll 		else
   3898      1.1     skrll 		  {
   3899      1.1     skrll 		    BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == 0);
   3900      1.1     skrll 		    relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
   3901      1.1     skrll 		  }
   3902      1.1     skrll 
   3903      1.1     skrll 		/* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3904      1.1     skrll 		rel->r_addend = 0;
   3905      1.1     skrll 	      }
   3906      1.1     skrll 	    else
   3907      1.1     skrll 	      relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset
   3908      1.1     skrll 			    + off);
   3909      1.1     skrll 	  }
   3910  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3911  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3912  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO32:
   3913  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO16:
   3914  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
   3915  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3916  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3917  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3918  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE32:
   3919  1.1.1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE16:
   3920  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
   3921  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (info->shared && !info->pie)
   3922  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3923  1.1.1.2  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3924  1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): R_68K_TLS_LE32 relocation not permitted "
   3925  1.1.1.2  christos 		   "in shared object"),
   3926  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
   3927  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3928  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   3929  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3930  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   3931  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation -= tpoff_base (info);
   3932  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3933      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3934      1.1     skrll 
   3935      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3936      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3937      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3938      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3939      1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   3940      1.1     skrll 
   3941      1.1     skrll 	  /* Resolve a PLTxx reloc against a local symbol directly,
   3942      1.1     skrll 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   3943      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   3944      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3945      1.1     skrll 
   3946      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   3947      1.1     skrll 	      || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3948      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3949      1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   3950      1.1     skrll 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   3951      1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   3952      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3953      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3954      1.1     skrll 
   3955  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (splt == NULL)
   3956      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3957      1.1     skrll 	      splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   3958      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3959      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3960      1.1     skrll 
   3961      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   3962      1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   3963      1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset);
   3964      1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3965      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3966      1.1     skrll 
   3967      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   3968      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   3969      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   3970      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3971      1.1     skrll 	     the procedure linkage table.  */
   3972      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   3973      1.1     skrll 
   3974  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (splt == NULL)
   3975      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3976      1.1     skrll 	      splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   3977      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3978      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3979      1.1     skrll 
   3980      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = h->plt.offset;
   3981      1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3982      1.1     skrll 
   3983      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3984      1.1     skrll 	  rel->r_addend = 0;
   3985      1.1     skrll 
   3986      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3987      1.1     skrll 
   3988      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_8:
   3989  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_16:
   3990  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   3991  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_PC8:
   3992      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC16:
   3993  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_PC32:
   3994      1.1     skrll 	  if (info->shared
   3995      1.1     skrll 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   3996      1.1     skrll 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3997      1.1     skrll 	      && (h == NULL
   3998      1.1     skrll 		  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3999      1.1     skrll 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4000      1.1     skrll 	      && ((r_type != R_68K_PC8
   4001  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC16
   4002      1.1     skrll 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC32)
   4003      1.1     skrll 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   4004      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4005      1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4006      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   4007      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
   4008      1.1     skrll 
   4009      1.1     skrll 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   4010      1.1     skrll 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   4011      1.1     skrll 		 time.  */
   4012      1.1     skrll 
   4013      1.1     skrll 	      skip = FALSE;
   4014      1.1     skrll 	      relocate = FALSE;
   4015      1.1     skrll 
   4016      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset =
   4017      1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4018      1.1     skrll 					 rel->r_offset);
   4019      1.1     skrll 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4020      1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE;
   4021      1.1     skrll 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   4022      1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   4023      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   4024      1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   4025      1.1     skrll 
   4026      1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   4027      1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   4028      1.1     skrll 	      else if (h != NULL
   4029      1.1     skrll 		       && h->dynindx != -1
   4030      1.1     skrll 		       && (r_type == R_68K_PC8
   4031      1.1     skrll 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC16
   4032      1.1     skrll 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC32
   4033      1.1     skrll 			   || !info->shared
   4034      1.1     skrll 			   || !info->symbolic
   4035      1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))
   4036      1.1     skrll 		{
   4037      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   4038      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   4039      1.1     skrll 		}
   4040      1.1     skrll 	      else
   4041      1.1     skrll 		{
   4042      1.1     skrll 		  /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local.  */
   4043      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   4044      1.1     skrll 
   4045      1.1     skrll 		  if (r_type == R_68K_32)
   4046      1.1     skrll 		    {
   4047      1.1     skrll 		      relocate = TRUE;
   4048      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   4049      1.1     skrll 		    }
   4050      1.1     skrll 		  else
   4051      1.1     skrll 		    {
   4052      1.1     skrll 		      long indx;
   4053      1.1     skrll 
   4054      1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   4055      1.1     skrll 			indx = 0;
   4056      1.1     skrll 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   4057      1.1     skrll 			{
   4058      1.1     skrll 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4059      1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   4060      1.1     skrll 			}
   4061      1.1     skrll 		      else
   4062      1.1     skrll 			{
   4063      1.1     skrll 			  asection *osec;
   4064      1.1     skrll 
   4065      1.1     skrll 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   4066      1.1     skrll 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   4067      1.1     skrll 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   4068      1.1     skrll 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   4069      1.1     skrll 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   4070      1.1     skrll 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   4071      1.1     skrll 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4072      1.1     skrll 			  if (indx == 0)
   4073      1.1     skrll 			    {
   4074      1.1     skrll 			      struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4075      1.1     skrll 			      htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   4076      1.1     skrll 			      osec = htab->text_index_section;
   4077      1.1     skrll 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4078      1.1     skrll 			    }
   4079      1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   4080      1.1     skrll 			}
   4081      1.1     skrll 
   4082      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   4083      1.1     skrll 		    }
   4084      1.1     skrll 		}
   4085      1.1     skrll 
   4086      1.1     skrll 	      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   4087      1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   4088      1.1     skrll 		abort ();
   4089      1.1     skrll 
   4090      1.1     skrll 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   4091      1.1     skrll 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4092      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4093      1.1     skrll 
   4094      1.1     skrll 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   4095      1.1     skrll                  need to do anything now, except for R_68K_32
   4096      1.1     skrll                  relocations that have been turned into
   4097      1.1     skrll                  R_68K_RELATIVE.  */
   4098      1.1     skrll 	      if (!relocate)
   4099      1.1     skrll 		continue;
   4100      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4101      1.1     skrll 
   4102      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   4103      1.1     skrll 
   4104      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   4105      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   4106      1.1     skrll 	  /* These are no-ops in the end.  */
   4107      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   4108      1.1     skrll 
   4109      1.1     skrll 	default:
   4110      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   4111      1.1     skrll 	}
   4112      1.1     skrll 
   4113      1.1     skrll       /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
   4114      1.1     skrll 	 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
   4115      1.1     skrll 	 not process them.  */
   4116  1.1.1.3  christos       if (unresolved_reloc
   4117  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   4118  1.1.1.3  christos 	       && h->def_dynamic)
   4119      1.1     skrll 	  && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4120      1.1     skrll 				      rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4121      1.1     skrll 	{
   4122      1.1     skrll 	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4123      1.1     skrll 	    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   4124      1.1     skrll 	     input_bfd,
   4125      1.1     skrll 	     input_section,
   4126      1.1     skrll 	     (long) rel->r_offset,
   4127      1.1     skrll 	     howto->name,
   4128      1.1     skrll 	     h->root.root.string);
   4129      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   4130  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4131  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4132  1.1.1.2  christos       if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   4133  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && r_type != R_68K_NONE
   4134  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && (h == NULL
   4135  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4136  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
   4137  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4138  1.1.1.2  christos 	  char sym_type;
   4139  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4140  1.1.1.2  christos 	  sym_type = (sym != NULL) ? ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) : h->type;
   4141  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4142  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
   4143  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4144  1.1.1.2  christos 	      const char *name;
   4145  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4146  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   4147  1.1.1.2  christos 		name = h->root.root.string;
   4148  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   4149  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   4150  1.1.1.2  christos 		  name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   4151  1.1.1.2  christos 			  (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   4152  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
   4153  1.1.1.2  christos 		    name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4154  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   4155  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4156  1.1.1.2  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4157  1.1.1.2  christos 		((sym_type == STT_TLS
   4158  1.1.1.2  christos 		  ? _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
   4159  1.1.1.2  christos 		  : _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
   4160  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   4161  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   4162  1.1.1.2  christos 		 (long) rel->r_offset,
   4163  1.1.1.2  christos 		 howto->name,
   4164  1.1.1.2  christos 		 name);
   4165  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4166      1.1     skrll 	}
   4167      1.1     skrll 
   4168      1.1     skrll       r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   4169      1.1     skrll 				    contents, rel->r_offset,
   4170      1.1     skrll 				    relocation, rel->r_addend);
   4171      1.1     skrll 
   4172      1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   4173      1.1     skrll 	{
   4174      1.1     skrll 	  const char *name;
   4175      1.1     skrll 
   4176      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   4177      1.1     skrll 	    name = h->root.root.string;
   4178      1.1     skrll 	  else
   4179      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4180      1.1     skrll 	      name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   4181      1.1     skrll 						      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   4182      1.1     skrll 						      sym->st_name);
   4183      1.1     skrll 	      if (name == NULL)
   4184      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   4185      1.1     skrll 	      if (*name == '\0')
   4186      1.1     skrll 		name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4187      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4188      1.1     skrll 
   4189      1.1     skrll 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
   4190      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4191      1.1     skrll 	      if (!(info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
   4192      1.1     skrll 		    (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   4193      1.1     skrll 		     (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
   4194      1.1     skrll 		     rel->r_offset)))
   4195      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   4196      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4197      1.1     skrll 	  else
   4198      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4199      1.1     skrll 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4200      1.1     skrll 		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
   4201      1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd, input_section,
   4202      1.1     skrll 		 (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
   4203      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   4204      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4205      1.1     skrll 	}
   4206      1.1     skrll     }
   4207      1.1     skrll 
   4208      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4209      1.1     skrll }
   4210      1.1     skrll 
   4211      1.1     skrll /* Install an M_68K_PC32 relocation against VALUE at offset OFFSET
   4212      1.1     skrll    into section SEC.  */
   4213      1.1     skrll 
   4214      1.1     skrll static void
   4215      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma value)
   4216      1.1     skrll {
   4217      1.1     skrll   /* Make VALUE PC-relative.  */
   4218      1.1     skrll   value -= sec->output_section->vma + offset;
   4219      1.1     skrll 
   4220      1.1     skrll   /* Apply any in-place addend.  */
   4221      1.1     skrll   value += bfd_get_32 (sec->owner, sec->contents + offset);
   4222      1.1     skrll 
   4223      1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (sec->owner, value, sec->contents + offset);
   4224      1.1     skrll }
   4225      1.1     skrll 
   4226      1.1     skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4227      1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   4228  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4229  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   4230  1.1.1.3  christos elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   4231  1.1.1.3  christos 				struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4232      1.1     skrll 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   4233      1.1     skrll 				Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   4234      1.1     skrll {
   4235      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   4236      1.1     skrll 
   4237      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4238      1.1     skrll 
   4239      1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4240      1.1     skrll     {
   4241      1.1     skrll       const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4242      1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4243      1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   4244      1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   4245      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma plt_index;
   4246      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_offset;
   4247      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4248      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   4249      1.1     skrll 
   4250      1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   4251      1.1     skrll 	 it up.  */
   4252      1.1     skrll 
   4253      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4254  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4255  1.1.1.3  christos       plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4256  1.1.1.3  christos       splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   4257      1.1     skrll       sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   4258      1.1     skrll       srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   4259      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4260      1.1     skrll 
   4261      1.1     skrll       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
   4262      1.1     skrll 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
   4263      1.1     skrll 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
   4264      1.1     skrll 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
   4265      1.1     skrll       plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_info->size) - 1;
   4266      1.1     skrll 
   4267      1.1     skrll       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
   4268      1.1     skrll 	 corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
   4269      1.1     skrll 	 The first three are reserved.  */
   4270      1.1     skrll       got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
   4271      1.1     skrll 
   4272      1.1     skrll       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
   4273      1.1     skrll 	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
   4274      1.1     skrll 	      plt_info->size);
   4275      1.1     skrll 
   4276      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.got,
   4277      1.1     skrll 			     (sgot->output_section->vma
   4278      1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset
   4279      1.1     skrll 			      + got_offset));
   4280      1.1     skrll 
   4281      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   4282      1.1     skrll 		  splt->contents
   4283      1.1     skrll 		  + h->plt.offset
   4284      1.1     skrll 		  + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry + 2);
   4285      1.1     skrll 
   4286      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.plt,
   4287      1.1     skrll 			     splt->output_section->vma);
   4288      1.1     skrll 
   4289      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
   4290      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4291      1.1     skrll 		  (splt->output_section->vma
   4292      1.1     skrll 		   + splt->output_offset
   4293      1.1     skrll 		   + h->plt.offset
   4294      1.1     skrll 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry),
   4295      1.1     skrll 		  sgot->contents + got_offset);
   4296      1.1     skrll 
   4297      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   4298      1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4299      1.1     skrll 		       + sgot->output_offset
   4300      1.1     skrll 		       + got_offset);
   4301      1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_JMP_SLOT);
   4302      1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4303      1.1     skrll       loc = srela->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4304      1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4305      1.1     skrll 
   4306      1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   4307      1.1     skrll 	{
   4308      1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   4309      1.1     skrll 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   4310      1.1     skrll 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4311      1.1     skrll 	}
   4312      1.1     skrll     }
   4313      1.1     skrll 
   4314      1.1     skrll   if (elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist != NULL)
   4315      1.1     skrll     {
   4316      1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   4317      1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   4318      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   4319      1.1     skrll 
   4320      1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   4321  1.1.1.3  christos 	 up.  */
   4322  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4323      1.1     skrll       sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   4324      1.1     skrll       srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   4325      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4326      1.1     skrll 
   4327      1.1     skrll       got_entry = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist;
   4328      1.1     skrll 
   4329  1.1.1.2  christos       while (got_entry != NULL)
   4330  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4331      1.1     skrll 	  enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type;
   4332  1.1.1.2  christos 	  bfd_vma got_entry_offset;
   4333  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4334      1.1     skrll 	  r_type = got_entry->key_.type;
   4335      1.1     skrll 	  got_entry_offset = got_entry->u.s2.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1;
   4336      1.1     skrll 
   4337      1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
   4338  1.1.1.2  christos 	     locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  Likewise if
   4339      1.1     skrll 	     the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
   4340      1.1     skrll 	     The entry in the global offset table already have been
   4341  1.1.1.2  christos 	     initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   4342      1.1     skrll 	  if (info->shared
   4343  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4344  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4345  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma relocation;
   4346  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4347  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4348  1.1.1.2  christos 					      (sgot->contents
   4349  1.1.1.2  christos 					       + got_entry_offset));
   4350  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4351  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Undo TP bias.  */
   4352  1.1.1.2  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4353  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   4354  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4355  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   4356  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4357  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4358  1.1.1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4359  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* The value for this relocation is actually put in
   4360  1.1.1.3  christos 		     the second GOT slot.  */
   4361  1.1.1.3  christos 		  relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4362  1.1.1.2  christos 						  (sgot->contents
   4363  1.1.1.2  christos 						   + got_entry_offset + 4));
   4364  1.1.1.2  christos 		  relocation += dtpoff_base (info);
   4365  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4366  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4367  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4368  1.1.1.2  christos 		  relocation += tpoff_base (info);
   4369  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4370  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4371  1.1.1.2  christos 		default:
   4372  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4373  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   4374  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4375  1.1.1.2  christos 	      elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   4376  1.1.1.2  christos 						    output_bfd,
   4377  1.1.1.2  christos 						    r_type,
   4378  1.1.1.2  christos 						    sgot,
   4379  1.1.1.2  christos 						    got_entry_offset,
   4380      1.1     skrll 						    relocation,
   4381      1.1     skrll 						    srela);
   4382      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4383  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   4384  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4385  1.1.1.2  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4386  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4387  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Put zeros to GOT slots that will be initialized
   4388  1.1.1.2  christos 		 at run-time.  */
   4389  1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4390  1.1.1.2  christos 		bfd_vma n_slots;
   4391  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4392  1.1.1.2  christos 		n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (got_entry->key_.type);
   4393  1.1.1.2  christos 		while (n_slots--)
   4394  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
   4395  1.1.1.2  christos 			      (sgot->contents + got_entry_offset
   4396  1.1.1.2  christos 			       + 4 * n_slots));
   4397      1.1     skrll 	      }
   4398  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4399  1.1.1.2  christos 	      rela.r_addend = 0;
   4400  1.1.1.2  christos 	      rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4401      1.1     skrll 			       + sgot->output_offset
   4402  1.1.1.2  christos 			       + got_entry_offset);
   4403  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4404  1.1.1.2  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4405  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   4406  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4407  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_GLOB_DAT);
   4408  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4409  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4410  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4411  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4412  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   4413  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4414  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4415  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_offset += 4;
   4416  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32);
   4417  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4418  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4419  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4420  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4421  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   4422  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4423  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4424  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4425  1.1.1.2  christos 		default:
   4426  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4427  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4428      1.1     skrll 		}
   4429      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4430      1.1     skrll 
   4431      1.1     skrll 	  got_entry = got_entry->u.s2.next;
   4432      1.1     skrll 	}
   4433      1.1     skrll     }
   4434      1.1     skrll 
   4435      1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   4436      1.1     skrll     {
   4437      1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   4438      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4439      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   4440      1.1     skrll 
   4441      1.1     skrll       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   4442      1.1     skrll 
   4443      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   4444      1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4445  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   4446      1.1     skrll 
   4447      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   4448      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4449      1.1     skrll 
   4450      1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   4451      1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4452      1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   4453      1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_COPY);
   4454      1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4455      1.1     skrll       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4456      1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4457      1.1     skrll     }
   4458      1.1     skrll 
   4459      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4460      1.1     skrll }
   4461      1.1     skrll 
   4462      1.1     skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   4463  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4464      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4465      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4466      1.1     skrll {
   4467      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   4468      1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   4469      1.1     skrll   asection *sdyn;
   4470      1.1     skrll 
   4471  1.1.1.3  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4472      1.1     skrll 
   4473  1.1.1.3  christos   sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   4474      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   4475      1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   4476      1.1     skrll 
   4477      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   4478      1.1     skrll     {
   4479      1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4480  1.1.1.3  christos       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   4481      1.1     skrll 
   4482      1.1     skrll       splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   4483      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   4484      1.1     skrll 
   4485      1.1     skrll       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   4486      1.1     skrll       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   4487      1.1     skrll       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   4488      1.1     skrll 	{
   4489      1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   4490      1.1     skrll 	  const char *name;
   4491      1.1     skrll 	  asection *s;
   4492      1.1     skrll 
   4493      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   4494      1.1     skrll 
   4495      1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   4496      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4497      1.1     skrll 	    default:
   4498      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4499      1.1     skrll 
   4500      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   4501      1.1     skrll 	      name = ".got";
   4502      1.1     skrll 	      goto get_vma;
   4503      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   4504      1.1     skrll 	      name = ".rela.plt";
   4505      1.1     skrll 	    get_vma:
   4506      1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
   4507      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4508      1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
   4509      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4510      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4511      1.1     skrll 
   4512      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   4513      1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
   4514      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4515      1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   4516      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4517      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4518      1.1     skrll 
   4519      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_RELASZ:
   4520      1.1     skrll 	      /* The procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should
   4521      1.1     skrll 		 not be included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).
   4522      1.1     skrll 		 Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry here to
   4523      1.1     skrll 		 make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since the
   4524      1.1     skrll 		 linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
   4525      1.1     skrll 		 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
   4526      1.1     skrll 		 about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */
   4527      1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
   4528      1.1     skrll 	      if (s != NULL)
   4529      1.1     skrll 		dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
   4530      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4531      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4532      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4533      1.1     skrll 	}
   4534      1.1     skrll 
   4535      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   4536      1.1     skrll       if (splt->size > 0)
   4537      1.1     skrll 	{
   4538      1.1     skrll 	  const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4539      1.1     skrll 
   4540      1.1     skrll 	  plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4541      1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (splt->contents, plt_info->plt0_entry, plt_info->size);
   4542      1.1     skrll 
   4543      1.1     skrll 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got4,
   4544      1.1     skrll 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4545      1.1     skrll 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4546      1.1     skrll 				  + 4));
   4547      1.1     skrll 
   4548      1.1     skrll 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got8,
   4549      1.1     skrll 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4550      1.1     skrll 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4551      1.1     skrll 				  + 8));
   4552      1.1     skrll 
   4553      1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   4554      1.1     skrll 	    = plt_info->size;
   4555      1.1     skrll 	}
   4556      1.1     skrll     }
   4557      1.1     skrll 
   4558      1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   4559      1.1     skrll   if (sgot->size > 0)
   4560      1.1     skrll     {
   4561      1.1     skrll       if (sdyn == NULL)
   4562      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
   4563      1.1     skrll       else
   4564      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4565      1.1     skrll 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   4566      1.1     skrll 		    sgot->contents);
   4567      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
   4568      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
   4569      1.1     skrll     }
   4570      1.1     skrll 
   4571      1.1     skrll   elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   4572      1.1     skrll 
   4573      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4574      1.1     skrll }
   4575      1.1     skrll 
   4576      1.1     skrll /* Given a .data section and a .emreloc in-memory section, store
   4577      1.1     skrll    relocation information into the .emreloc section which can be
   4578      1.1     skrll    used at runtime to relocate the section.  This is called by the
   4579      1.1     skrll    linker when the --embedded-relocs switch is used.  This is called
   4580      1.1     skrll    after the add_symbols entry point has been called for all the
   4581      1.1     skrll    objects, and before the final_link entry point is called.  */
   4582      1.1     skrll 
   4583      1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   4584      1.1     skrll bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (abfd, info, datasec, relsec, errmsg)
   4585      1.1     skrll      bfd *abfd;
   4586      1.1     skrll      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   4587      1.1     skrll      asection *datasec;
   4588      1.1     skrll      asection *relsec;
   4589      1.1     skrll      char **errmsg;
   4590      1.1     skrll {
   4591      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   4592      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   4593      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   4594      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   4595      1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *p;
   4596      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt;
   4597      1.1     skrll 
   4598      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocatable);
   4599      1.1     skrll 
   4600      1.1     skrll   *errmsg = NULL;
   4601      1.1     skrll 
   4602      1.1     skrll   if (datasec->reloc_count == 0)
   4603      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   4604      1.1     skrll 
   4605      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   4606      1.1     skrll 
   4607  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Get a copy of the native relocations.  */
   4608      1.1     skrll   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   4609      1.1     skrll 		     (abfd, datasec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
   4610      1.1     skrll 		      info->keep_memory));
   4611      1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   4612      1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   4613      1.1     skrll 
   4614      1.1     skrll   amt = (bfd_size_type) datasec->reloc_count * 12;
   4615      1.1     skrll   relsec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
   4616      1.1     skrll   if (relsec->contents == NULL)
   4617      1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   4618      1.1     skrll 
   4619      1.1     skrll   p = relsec->contents;
   4620      1.1     skrll 
   4621      1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + datasec->reloc_count;
   4622      1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++, p += 12)
   4623      1.1     skrll     {
   4624      1.1     skrll       asection *targetsec;
   4625      1.1     skrll 
   4626      1.1     skrll       /* We are going to write a four byte longword into the runtime
   4627      1.1     skrll        reloc section.  The longword will be the address in the data
   4628      1.1     skrll        section which must be relocated.  It is followed by the name
   4629      1.1     skrll        of the target section NUL-padded or truncated to 8
   4630      1.1     skrll        characters.  */
   4631      1.1     skrll 
   4632      1.1     skrll       /* We can only relocate absolute longword relocs at run time.  */
   4633      1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_68K_32)
   4634      1.1     skrll 	{
   4635      1.1     skrll 	  *errmsg = _("unsupported reloc type");
   4636      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4637      1.1     skrll 	  goto error_return;
   4638      1.1     skrll 	}
   4639      1.1     skrll 
   4640      1.1     skrll       /* Get the target section referred to by the reloc.  */
   4641      1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   4642      1.1     skrll 	{
   4643      1.1     skrll 	  /* A local symbol.  */
   4644      1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   4645      1.1     skrll 
   4646      1.1     skrll 	  /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
   4647      1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4648      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4649      1.1     skrll 	      isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   4650      1.1     skrll 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4651      1.1     skrll 		isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
   4652      1.1     skrll 						symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   4653      1.1     skrll 						NULL, NULL, NULL);
   4654      1.1     skrll 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4655      1.1     skrll 		goto error_return;
   4656      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4657      1.1     skrll 
   4658      1.1     skrll 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
   4659      1.1     skrll 	  targetsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   4660      1.1     skrll 	}
   4661      1.1     skrll       else
   4662      1.1     skrll 	{
   4663      1.1     skrll 	  unsigned long indx;
   4664      1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   4665      1.1     skrll 
   4666      1.1     skrll 	  /* An external symbol.  */
   4667      1.1     skrll 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   4668      1.1     skrll 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
   4669      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   4670      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4671      1.1     skrll 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4672      1.1     skrll 	    targetsec = h->root.u.def.section;
   4673      1.1     skrll 	  else
   4674      1.1     skrll 	    targetsec = NULL;
   4675      1.1     skrll 	}
   4676      1.1     skrll 
   4677      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (abfd, irel->r_offset + datasec->output_offset, p);
   4678      1.1     skrll       memset (p + 4, 0, 8);
   4679      1.1     skrll       if (targetsec != NULL)
   4680      1.1     skrll 	strncpy ((char *) p + 4, targetsec->output_section->name, 8);
   4681      1.1     skrll     }
   4682      1.1     skrll 
   4683      1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4684      1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   4685      1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4686      1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4687      1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   4688      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4689      1.1     skrll 
   4690      1.1     skrll error_return:
   4691      1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4692      1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   4693      1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4694      1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4695      1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   4696      1.1     skrll   return FALSE;
   4697      1.1     skrll }
   4698      1.1     skrll 
   4699      1.1     skrll /* Set target options.  */
   4700      1.1     skrll 
   4701      1.1     skrll void
   4702      1.1     skrll bfd_elf_m68k_set_target_options (struct bfd_link_info *info, int got_handling)
   4703  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4704  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   4705  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4706      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
   4707      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
   4708      1.1     skrll 
   4709      1.1     skrll   switch (got_handling)
   4710      1.1     skrll     {
   4711  1.1.1.2  christos     case 0:
   4712  1.1.1.2  christos       /* --got=single.  */
   4713  1.1.1.2  christos       local_gp_p = FALSE;
   4714      1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
   4715      1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4716      1.1     skrll       break;
   4717      1.1     skrll 
   4718  1.1.1.2  christos     case 1:
   4719  1.1.1.2  christos       /* --got=negative.  */
   4720  1.1.1.2  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4721      1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4722      1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4723      1.1     skrll       break;
   4724      1.1     skrll 
   4725  1.1.1.2  christos     case 2:
   4726  1.1.1.2  christos       /* --got=multigot.  */
   4727  1.1.1.2  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4728      1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4729      1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = TRUE;
   4730      1.1     skrll       break;
   4731      1.1     skrll 
   4732  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4733  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4734  1.1.1.2  christos       return;
   4735  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4736  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4737  1.1.1.2  christos   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   4738  1.1.1.2  christos   if (htab != NULL)
   4739  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4740  1.1.1.2  christos       htab->local_gp_p = local_gp_p;
   4741      1.1     skrll       htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4742      1.1     skrll       htab->allow_multigot_p = allow_multigot_p;
   4743      1.1     skrll     }
   4744      1.1     skrll }
   4745  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4746      1.1     skrll static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   4747      1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   4748      1.1     skrll {
   4749      1.1     skrll   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   4750      1.1     skrll     {
   4751      1.1     skrll     case R_68K_RELATIVE:
   4752      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_relative;
   4753      1.1     skrll     case R_68K_JMP_SLOT:
   4754      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_plt;
   4755      1.1     skrll     case R_68K_COPY:
   4756      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_copy;
   4757      1.1     skrll     default:
   4758      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_normal;
   4759      1.1     skrll     }
   4760      1.1     skrll }
   4761      1.1     skrll 
   4762      1.1     skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   4763      1.1     skrll    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   4764      1.1     skrll 
   4765      1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   4766      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   4767      1.1     skrll 		      const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4768      1.1     skrll {
   4769      1.1     skrll   return plt->vma + (i + 1) * elf_m68k_get_plt_info (plt->owner)->size;
   4770  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4771  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4772  1.1.1.3  christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
   4773  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4774  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   4775  1.1.1.3  christos elf_m68k_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   4776  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4777  1.1.1.3  christos   int offset;
   4778  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t size;
   4779  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4780  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   4781  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4782  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   4783  1.1.1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   4784  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4785  1.1.1.3  christos     case 154:		/* Linux/m68k */
   4786  1.1.1.3  christos       /* pr_cursig */
   4787  1.1.1.3  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   4788  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4789  1.1.1.3  christos       /* pr_pid */
   4790  1.1.1.3  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
   4791  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4792  1.1.1.3  christos       /* pr_reg */
   4793  1.1.1.3  christos       offset = 70;
   4794  1.1.1.3  christos       size = 80;
   4795  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4796  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4797  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4798  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4799  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   4800  1.1.1.3  christos   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   4801  1.1.1.3  christos 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   4802  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4803  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4804  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   4805  1.1.1.3  christos elf_m68k_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   4806  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4807  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   4808  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4809  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   4810  1.1.1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   4811  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4812  1.1.1.3  christos     case 124:		/* Linux/m68k elf_prpsinfo.  */
   4813  1.1.1.3  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
   4814  1.1.1.3  christos 	= bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   4815  1.1.1.3  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
   4816  1.1.1.3  christos 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
   4817  1.1.1.3  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
   4818  1.1.1.3  christos 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
   4819  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4820  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4821  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   4822  1.1.1.3  christos      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   4823  1.1.1.3  christos      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   4824  1.1.1.3  christos   {
   4825  1.1.1.3  christos     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
   4826  1.1.1.3  christos     int n = strlen (command);
   4827  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4828  1.1.1.3  christos     if (n > 0 && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   4829  1.1.1.3  christos       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   4830  1.1.1.3  christos   }
   4831  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4832  1.1.1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   4833      1.1     skrll }
   4834      1.1     skrll 
   4835      1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf32_m68k_vec
   4836      1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-m68k"
   4837      1.1     skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		EM_68K
   4838      1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x2000
   4839      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   4840      1.1     skrll 					_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   4841      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   4842      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
   4843      1.1     skrll /* ??? Should it be this macro or bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create?  */
   4844      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_free \
   4845      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free
   4846      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link	bfd_elf_final_link
   4847      1.1     skrll 
   4848      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs	elf_m68k_check_relocs
   4849      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
   4850      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_always_size_sections
   4851      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   4852      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4853  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   4854      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
   4855      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_final_write_processing	elf_m68k_final_write_processing
   4856      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_init_index_section	_bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4857      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section	elf_m68k_relocate_section
   4858      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   4859      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4860      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   4861      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
   4862      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook
   4863      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook	elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook
   4864      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol
   4865      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   4866      1.1     skrll                                         elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
   4867      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags \
   4868      1.1     skrll                                         elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
   4869      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
   4870      1.1     skrll                                         elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
   4871      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
   4872  1.1.1.3  christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		elf_m68k_plt_sym_val
   4873  1.1.1.3  christos #define elf_backend_object_p		elf32_m68k_object_p
   4874      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf_m68k_grok_prstatus
   4875      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf_m68k_grok_psinfo
   4876      1.1     skrll 
   4877      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
   4878      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
   4879      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
   4880      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
   4881      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
   4882      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   4883      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
   4884                    
   4885                    #include "elf32-target.h"
   4886